Compare commits
32 Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1ab9261c32 | |||
| b37934a7d9 | |||
| 1c927fa911 | |||
| e0ab879c54 | |||
| c84d525452 | |||
| fda2534a74 | |||
| 21779a5eb6 | |||
| 28634eca60 | |||
| 13ddb59da9 | |||
| 7566002f49 | |||
| 10c7321ca4 | |||
| 03f5c0660e | |||
| 58990cb4c6 | |||
| 8ebc2d20b1 | |||
| 50b8a2100d | |||
| fa64368f21 | |||
| 363483c4aa | |||
| afe32dfbeb | |||
| 31485036f3 | |||
| 95e348eb51 | |||
| a727f25be8 | |||
| 8e143196f1 | |||
| 0e6358b6cb | |||
| eb1eb38cce | |||
| df99292384 | |||
| 95dd9329de | |||
| 1394d4813a | |||
| 6f48100e70 | |||
| f39139aea9 | |||
| dc0dec9d65 | |||
| c770eb5618 | |||
| 6078b9107c |
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ turned into a testing environment.
|
||||
Deactivated features
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a non-exhaustive list of the deactivated parameters:
|
||||
Here is a non-exhaustive list of the deactivated features:
|
||||
|
||||
- all planned actions (e.g., automatic invoicing of subscriptions, mass mailing, etc.)
|
||||
- outgoing emails
|
||||
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ Here is a non-exhaustive list of the deactivated parameters:
|
||||
- payment providers
|
||||
- delivery methods
|
||||
- :abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` tokens
|
||||
- website visibility (prevent search engines from indexing your site)
|
||||
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
**A red banner at the top of the screen is displayed on the neutralized database so that it can
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This matrix shows the support status of every version.
|
||||
- November 2023
|
||||
- October 2026 (planned)
|
||||
* - Odoo saas~16.4
|
||||
- |green|
|
||||
- |red|
|
||||
- N/A
|
||||
- N/A
|
||||
- August 2023
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -272,9 +272,6 @@ Upgrading the production database
|
||||
|
||||
Once the :ref:`tests <upgrade/test_your_db>` are completed and you are confident that the upgraded
|
||||
database can be used as your main database without any issues, it is time to plan the go-live day.
|
||||
It can be planned in coordination with Odoo's upgrade support analysts by `submitting a ticket for
|
||||
an issue related to my future upgrade (I am testing an upgrade)
|
||||
<https://odoo.com/help?stage=migration>`_.
|
||||
|
||||
Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, we recommend planning
|
||||
the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is minimal.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,6 +2,11 @@
|
||||
France
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
You must :doc:`install <../../general/apps_modules>` the **France - Adding Mandatory Invoice
|
||||
Mentions (Decree no. 2022-1299)** (`l10n_fr_invoice_addr`) module to comply with the `local
|
||||
legislation <https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/jorf/id/JORFTEXT000046383394>`_.
|
||||
|
||||
.. _france/fec:
|
||||
|
||||
FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance
|
||||
|
||||
**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung von Büchern,
|
||||
Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum Datenzugriff
|
||||
<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_.
|
||||
<https://ao.bundesfinanzministerium.de/ao/2021/Anhaenge/BMF-Schreiben-und-gleichlautende-Laendererlasse/Anhang-64/anhang-64.html>`_.
|
||||
In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of books, records, and documents
|
||||
in electronic form, as well as for data access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax
|
||||
declaration, and balance sheet.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -370,9 +370,8 @@ Payment complements
|
||||
Payment policy
|
||||
**************
|
||||
|
||||
One addition of the Mexican localization is the :guilabel:`Payment Policy` field . `According to
|
||||
the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_,
|
||||
there may be 2 types of payments:
|
||||
One addition of the Mexican localization is the :guilabel:`Payment Policy` field. According to
|
||||
the SAT documentation, there are two types of payments:
|
||||
|
||||
- `PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)
|
||||
- `PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or Deferred)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,61 +1,49 @@
|
||||
===============
|
||||
Change language
|
||||
===============
|
||||
================
|
||||
Change languages
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages,
|
||||
and each user can use Odoo in his own language .
|
||||
You select the language of your database upon its creation. However, you can
|
||||
:ref:`add <language/add>` and :ref:`install <language/install>` additional languages to allow users
|
||||
to manage the database in another language or to
|
||||
:doc:`translate <../../websites/website/configuration/translate>` your website.
|
||||
|
||||
Load your desired language
|
||||
==========================
|
||||
.. _language/add:
|
||||
|
||||
The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo
|
||||
instance.
|
||||
Add languages
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top
|
||||
left of the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`,
|
||||
select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**
|
||||
To download additional languages:
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: language/choose_language01.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
- either click the profile icon in the upper-right corner, select :menuselection:`My profile`, and
|
||||
click the :icon:`fa-globe` (:guilabel:`globe`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Language` field;
|
||||
- or go to the **Settings** app, and click :guilabel:`Add Languages` in the :guilabel:`Languages`
|
||||
section.
|
||||
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
|
||||
If you check the "Websites to translate" checkbox you will have the option
|
||||
to change the navigation language on your website.
|
||||
|
||||
Change your language
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
You can change the language to the installed language by going to the
|
||||
drop-down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose
|
||||
**Preferences**.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: language/choose_language02.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
|
||||
Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click
|
||||
**SAVE.**
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: language/choose_language03.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
|
||||
Open a new menu to view the changes.
|
||||
|
||||
Change another user's language
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his
|
||||
preferred language.
|
||||
|
||||
To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users --> Users`
|
||||
from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you can
|
||||
choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the
|
||||
user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you
|
||||
can change the Language to any previously installed language and click
|
||||
**SAVE.**
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: language/choose_language04.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
You can then select the languages you want from the dropdown menu and click :guilabel:`Add`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
* :doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/translate`
|
||||
:doc:`Translations <../../websites/website/configuration/translate>`
|
||||
|
||||
.. _language/install:
|
||||
|
||||
Change languages
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
To select their preferred language, users can click the profile icon in the upper-right corner, go
|
||||
to :menuselection:`My profile`, and select a :guilabel:`Language` in the dropdown list.
|
||||
|
||||
Change another user's language
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
To change the database language for a user:
|
||||
|
||||
#. Go to the :guilabel:`Settings` app and click :guilabel:`Manage Users` in the :guilabel:`Users`
|
||||
section.
|
||||
|
||||
#. Click on the user whose language you want to change.
|
||||
|
||||
#. Go to the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab and select a previously
|
||||
:ref:`installed language <language/add>` from the :guilabel:`Language` dropdown menu.
|
||||
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
Emails and documents will be sent to the user in the selected language.
|
||||
|
||||
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 14 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 14 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 13 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 20 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 107 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 57 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 57 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 40 KiB |
@@ -3,11 +3,16 @@ Packaging
|
||||
=========
|
||||
|
||||
In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding multiple units of a
|
||||
specific product. Each specific packaging **must** be defined on the individual product form.
|
||||
specific product.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36, need
|
||||
to be configured on the individual product form. This is because packagings are product specific —
|
||||
**not** generic.
|
||||
For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36,
|
||||
**must** be configured on the individual product form. This is because packagings are product
|
||||
specific, not generic.
|
||||
|
||||
.. tip::
|
||||
Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode <inventory/barcode/software>`. When
|
||||
receiving products from suppliers, scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number
|
||||
of units in the packaging to the internal count of the product.
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
=============
|
||||
@@ -20,6 +25,8 @@ under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Enable packagings by selecting "Product Packagings".
|
||||
|
||||
.. _inventory/product_management/packaging-setup:
|
||||
|
||||
Create packaging
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -82,6 +89,43 @@ list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new packa
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: List of different packagings for products.
|
||||
|
||||
Partial reservation
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
|
||||
After :ref:`completing the packaging setup <inventory/product_management/packaging-setup>`,
|
||||
packagings can be reserved in full or partial quantities for outgoing shipments. Partial packaging
|
||||
flexibility expedites order fulfillment by allowing the immediate shipment of available items, while
|
||||
awaiting the rest.
|
||||
|
||||
To configure packaging reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration
|
||||
--> Product Categories`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select the desired product category.
|
||||
|
||||
On the product category's form, in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, :guilabel:`Reserve Packagings`
|
||||
can be set to :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` or :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
To see the :guilabel:`Reserve Packaging` field, the :guilabel:`Product Packaging` feature
|
||||
**must** be enabled. To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->
|
||||
Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Products` section, tick the
|
||||
:guilabel:`Product Packagings` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: packaging/reserve-packaging.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Show Reserve Packagings field on the product categories page.
|
||||
|
||||
.. example::
|
||||
To better evaluate the options based on business needs, consider the following example:
|
||||
|
||||
- a product is sold in twelve units per packaging.
|
||||
- an order demands two packagings.
|
||||
- there are only twenty-two units in stock.
|
||||
|
||||
When :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` is selected, only twelve units are reserved for the
|
||||
order.
|
||||
|
||||
Conversely, when :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings` is selected, twenty-two units are
|
||||
reserved for the order.
|
||||
|
||||
Apply packagings
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -96,8 +140,4 @@ used for the product. The chosen packaging is displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line.
|
||||
|
||||
.. tip::
|
||||
Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode <inventory/barcode/software>`. When
|
||||
receiving products from suppliers, scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number
|
||||
of units in the packaging to the internal count of the product.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 6.4 KiB |
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ Setup and configuration
|
||||
setup_configuration/delivery_method
|
||||
setup_configuration/third_party_shipper
|
||||
setup_configuration/labels
|
||||
setup_configuration/bpost
|
||||
setup_configuration/dhl_credentials
|
||||
setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping
|
||||
setup_configuration/ups_credentials
|
||||
setup_configuration/dhl_credentials
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
||||
=================
|
||||
Bpost integration
|
||||
=================
|
||||
|
||||
Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to clients directly within
|
||||
Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:
|
||||
|
||||
#. Create a Bpost account.
|
||||
#. Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase <inventory/shipping/Bpost-account>`.
|
||||
#. Set up the shipping method in Odoo.
|
||||
|
||||
Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on package size and weight,
|
||||
have the charges applied directly to a Bpost business account, and automatically print Bpost
|
||||
tracking labels through Odoo.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
- :doc:`third_party_shipper`
|
||||
- :doc:`delivery_method`
|
||||
- :doc:`dhl_credentials`
|
||||
- :doc:`ups_credentials`
|
||||
|
||||
Bpost account setup
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
To begin, go to the `Bpost website <https://parcel.bpost.be/en/home/business>`_ to create, or log
|
||||
into, the company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the company's VAT
|
||||
number and mobile phone number ready.
|
||||
|
||||
Follow the website's steps to complete registration, and sign up for shipping services. Doing so
|
||||
submits a request to enter a contractual business relationship between the company and Bpost.
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost
|
||||
<https://bpost.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/174847-account-id-and-passphrase>`_
|
||||
accounts.
|
||||
|
||||
After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by navigating to the
|
||||
:guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item.
|
||||
|
||||
.. _inventory/shipping/bpost-account:
|
||||
|
||||
On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, then the
|
||||
:guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase`
|
||||
needed to configure Odoo's shipping method.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: bpost/credentials.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase.
|
||||
|
||||
Configure Bpost shipping method
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in Odoo by going to
|
||||
:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`.
|
||||
|
||||
On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`.
|
||||
|
||||
In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-down menu. Doing so
|
||||
reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the bottom of the form, where the Bpost
|
||||
credentials can be entered.
|
||||
|
||||
For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as :guilabel:`Delivery
|
||||
Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party carrier <third_party_shipper>` documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels <labels>` through Odoo, ensure the :guilabel:`Integration
|
||||
Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment`.
|
||||
|
||||
In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Bpost Account Number` (required field): enter the company's unique :ref:`account ID
|
||||
<inventory/shipping/bpost-account>` from the Bpost website.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase
|
||||
<inventory/shipping/bpost-account>` from the Bpost website.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or :guilabel:`International`
|
||||
shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while
|
||||
:guilabel:`International` enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel
|
||||
Return Instructions` fields.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the drop-down menu.
|
||||
|
||||
For `domestic delivery
|
||||
<https://help.shipmondo.com/en/articles/6092265-bpost-belgium-parcel-types-and-requirements>`_,
|
||||
the options are: :guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or :guilabel:`bpack
|
||||
Bus`.
|
||||
|
||||
For `international delivery <https://www.bpost.be/en/business-parcels-send/international>`_, the
|
||||
options are: :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or
|
||||
:guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international deliveries, declare the type
|
||||
of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, :guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`,
|
||||
:guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or :guilabel:`OTHER`.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an international shipment fails to
|
||||
deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`,
|
||||
or :guilabel:`Return to sender by road`.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes from the drop-down
|
||||
menu.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the drop-down menu.
|
||||
|
||||
For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the :guilabel:`Options` section:
|
||||
|
||||
- Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as possible delivery
|
||||
dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` selected, this option might incur
|
||||
additional costs to the company.
|
||||
- Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print a return label upon
|
||||
validating the delivery order.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: bpost/bpost.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Show Bpost shipping method.
|
||||
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 23 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 15 KiB |
@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ Install Sendcloud shipping module
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure the Odoo database. To
|
||||
get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the `Sendcloud Shipping`
|
||||
integration, and install it.
|
||||
get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration,
|
||||
and install it.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: sendcloud_shipping/sendcloud-mod.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
@@ -214,9 +214,40 @@ chatter, which include the following:
|
||||
Additionally, the tracking number is now available.
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the configured Sendcloud
|
||||
When return labels are created, Sendcloud automatically charges the configured Sendcloud
|
||||
account.
|
||||
|
||||
Shipping rules
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally, create shipping rules to automatically generate shipping labels tailored to different
|
||||
product needs. For example, a shipping rule can be created for customers shipping expensive jewelry
|
||||
items to purchase insurance.
|
||||
|
||||
To use shipping rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery:
|
||||
Shipping Methods`, and select the intended `Sendcloud` shipping method.
|
||||
|
||||
Under the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` tab, in the :guilabel:`OPTIONS` section, choose the
|
||||
kind of shipments the shipping rules apply to, via the :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud shipping rules`
|
||||
field.
|
||||
|
||||
From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, :guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or
|
||||
:guilabel:`Both`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: sendcloud_shipping/enable-shipping-rules.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Use Shipping Rules field.
|
||||
|
||||
Then, in the Sendcloud website, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Shipping rules`. Create a
|
||||
new shipping rule by clicking :guilabel:`Create New`.
|
||||
|
||||
In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, set a :guilabel:`Condition` to determine when the rule applies.
|
||||
Then, configure what to do when packages meet the condition.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
`Create shipping rules on Sendcloud
|
||||
<https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles/10274470454292-How-to-create-shipping-rules#examples-smart-shipping-rules>`_
|
||||
|
||||
FAQ
|
||||
===
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 5.9 KiB |
@@ -93,6 +93,8 @@ match is found:
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Some examples of putaway rules.
|
||||
|
||||
.. _inventory/warehouses_storage/storage-category:
|
||||
|
||||
Storage categories
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,8 +2,6 @@
|
||||
Removal strategies (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO)
|
||||
=====================================
|
||||
|
||||
.. _inventory/routes/strategies/removal:
|
||||
|
||||
For companies with warehouses, **removal strategies** determine which products are taken from the
|
||||
warehouse, and when. Removal strategies are typically defined for specific picking operations. This
|
||||
helps companies to select the best products, optimize the distance workers need to travel when
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent warehouse.
|
||||
:alt: New warehouse form.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
- :doc:`Warehouse configurations <../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`
|
||||
- :doc:`Warehouse configurations <../inventory_management/warehouses>`
|
||||
- :ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step/wh>`
|
||||
- :doc:`Resupply from another warehouse <../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,18 +1,144 @@
|
||||
:nosearch:
|
||||
:show-content:
|
||||
:hide-page-toc:
|
||||
|
||||
====================
|
||||
Inventory management
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
In the Odoo *Inventory* app, :doc:`warehouses <inventory_management/warehouses>` handle the broader
|
||||
organization and distribution of stock across different physical sites, while :doc:`locations
|
||||
<inventory_management/use_locations>` provide a more detailed breakdown within each warehouse for
|
||||
efficient item management.
|
||||
|
||||
This document serves as an introduction to the terminology and concepts necessary to master
|
||||
*Inventory*. For specific instructions and examples of how things work, refer to individual
|
||||
documentation pages.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
`Odoo Tutorials: Warehouses & Locations <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMvudZVLuUo>`_
|
||||
|
||||
Warehouses
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Warehouses <inventory_management/warehouses>` represent a physical place, with a physical
|
||||
address, where a company's items are stored.
|
||||
|
||||
Configure :doc:`routes <inventory_management/use_routes>` in a warehouse to control how products
|
||||
move to customers, from vendors, within the warehouse, or :doc:`between warehouses
|
||||
<inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`.
|
||||
|
||||
Locations
|
||||
=========
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Locations <inventory_management/use_locations>` refer to specific areas within a warehouse,
|
||||
such as shelves, floors, or aisles. These are sub-divisions within a warehouse, and are unique to
|
||||
that warehouse. Users can create and manage numerous locations within a single warehouse to organize
|
||||
inventory more precisely.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
- :doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`
|
||||
- :doc:`inventory_management/count_products`
|
||||
- :doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`
|
||||
- :doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`
|
||||
|
||||
.. _inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type:
|
||||
|
||||
Location types
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
*Location types* in Odoo help categorize and manage where products are, and what actions need to be
|
||||
taken with them. By default, on the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`
|
||||
page, only internal locations are displayed.
|
||||
|
||||
To view the seven location types in Odoo, select any location, and in the :guilabel:`Location Type`
|
||||
field, there are:
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Vendor Location`: defines an area where products purchased from vendors originate.
|
||||
Items here are **not** in stock.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`View`: used to organize and structure the warehouse hierarchy. For example, the view
|
||||
location `WH` (short for warehouse) groups all internal locations, such as `Stock`, receiving
|
||||
docks, quality checkpoints, and packing areas to show they all belong to the same warehouse.
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
View locations should **not** contain products, but it is possible to move them there.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Internal Location`: storage locations within the warehouse. Items stored in these
|
||||
locations are accounted for in :doc:`inventory valuation
|
||||
<inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Customer Location`: where sold products are tracked; items here are no longer in stock.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: counterpart location to consume missing items or create stock,
|
||||
accounting for discrepancies.
|
||||
|
||||
In Odoo, examples of inventory loss locations are *Inventory Adjustment*, used to account for
|
||||
discrepancies during an inventory count, and *Scrap*, which is where damaged goods are sent to
|
||||
account for inventory losses.
|
||||
|
||||
.. example::
|
||||
`Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment` is a location with the :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`
|
||||
type. The database shows `65` units in `WH/Stock`, but an inventory check reveals `60`. To
|
||||
correct the quantity, five units are moved from `WH/Stock` to `Virtual Locations/Inventory
|
||||
Adjustment`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: inventory_management/inventory_management/inventory-loss.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Product ends up in Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Production`: where raw materials are consumed, and :doc:`manufactured products
|
||||
<../../manufacturing>` are created.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Transit Location`: used for inter-company or inter-warehouse operations to track
|
||||
products shipped between different addresses, such as :ref:`Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse
|
||||
transit <inventory/warehouses_storage/interwarehouse-transit>`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: inventory_management/inventory_management/locations.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: List of locations in Odoo.
|
||||
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
In Odoo, location types are color-coded:
|
||||
- **Red**: internal locations
|
||||
- **Blue**: view locations
|
||||
- **Black**: external locations (including inventory loss, vendor, and customer locations).
|
||||
|
||||
View locations in Odoo
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo databases include pre-configured view locations to organize the hierarchy of locations. These
|
||||
provide helpful context, and distinguish between internal and external locations.
|
||||
|
||||
- *Physical locations* serve as an umbrella for external locations, without changing a product's
|
||||
inventory value. (Inventory valuation changes occur when products move from internal to external
|
||||
locations).
|
||||
|
||||
.. _inventory/warehouses_storage/interwarehouse-transit:
|
||||
|
||||
.. example::
|
||||
When moving products in warehouses `WH` and `WH2`, the items are not in either warehouse, but
|
||||
still belong to the company. While in transit, they are placed in the `Inter-warehouse transit`
|
||||
location, a :guilabel:`Transit Location` type.
|
||||
|
||||
This location is under the view location, `Physical Locations`, indicating that
|
||||
`Inter-warehouse transit` is outside of a warehouse, but still part of the company. Doing so
|
||||
does not affect the inventory valuation of the products.
|
||||
|
||||
- *Partner locations* group customer and vendor locations (external locations) together. Transfers
|
||||
to these locations affect inventory valuation.
|
||||
- *Virtual locations* are locations that do **not** exist physically, but it is where items that are
|
||||
not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that are no longer in inventory due to loss, or
|
||||
other factors.
|
||||
|
||||
.. toctree::
|
||||
:titlesonly:
|
||||
|
||||
inventory_management/resupply_warehouses
|
||||
inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer
|
||||
inventory_management/warehouses_locations
|
||||
inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse
|
||||
inventory_management/use_routes
|
||||
inventory_management/warehouses
|
||||
inventory_management/use_locations
|
||||
inventory_management/count_products
|
||||
inventory_management/cycle_counts
|
||||
inventory_management/scrap_inventory
|
||||
inventory_management/resupply_warehouses
|
||||
inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer
|
||||
inventory_management/use_routes
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
|
||||
=========================
|
||||
Create a second warehouse
|
||||
=========================
|
||||
|
||||
A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In Odoo, it is possible to set
|
||||
up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items between them.
|
||||
|
||||
By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, with the address set as
|
||||
the company's address. To create a second warehouse, select :menuselection:`Configuration -->
|
||||
Warehouses`, then click :guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is referred to; the short name
|
||||
for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as the company that owns
|
||||
the Odoo database or the company of a customer or vendor
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox is enabled in
|
||||
:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more
|
||||
information about routes and how they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules
|
||||
<use-routes>`.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and outgoing shipments
|
||||
should follow
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied from this warehouse
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in this warehouse
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when manufacturing goods inside
|
||||
the warehouse
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products to be delivered to the
|
||||
warehouse
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply the warehouse being
|
||||
created
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: create_a_second_warehouse/new-warehouse-configuration.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: A filled out form for creating a new warehouse.
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage Locations* setting, which
|
||||
allows location tracking of products within a warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to
|
||||
:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the
|
||||
:guilabel:`Warehouse` heading.
|
||||
|
||||
After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created.
|
||||
|
||||
Add inventory to a new warehouse
|
||||
================================
|
||||
|
||||
If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the inventory counts should be
|
||||
added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the Odoo database reflects what is in the physical
|
||||
warehouse. To add inventory to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->
|
||||
Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory adjustment
|
||||
form can then be filled out as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory adjustment can be referred to
|
||||
by
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; include the new warehouse
|
||||
and any locations within it that inventory will be added to
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory or leave blank to
|
||||
select any product during the next step
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of zero; does not affect
|
||||
inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing inventory
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for bookkeeping related to the
|
||||
inventory
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the user's company or as a
|
||||
customer or vendor
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for products being added
|
||||
should default to stock on hand or zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses
|
||||
since they have no existing inventory
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: create_a_second_warehouse/inventory-adjustment-configuration.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: A filled out form for an inventory adjustment.
|
||||
|
||||
Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` to be taken to the next
|
||||
page where products can be added to the inventory adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on
|
||||
:guilabel:`Create` and then fill out the product line as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in the new warehouse;
|
||||
this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location within the warehouse
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the serial number used to
|
||||
identify it
|
||||
- :guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the location for which inventory
|
||||
is being adjusted; this should be zero for a new location or warehouse
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to inventory
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* values; this will
|
||||
automatically update to reflect the value entered in the :guilabel:`Counted` column
|
||||
- :guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: create_a_second_warehouse/product-line-configuration.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Include a line for each product being added to inventory.
|
||||
|
||||
After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click :guilabel:`Validate
|
||||
Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will
|
||||
update to reflect those in the :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the
|
||||
inventory of the new warehouse.
|
||||
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 9.7 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 22 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 8.2 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 19 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 90 KiB |
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ rather a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in p
|
||||
.. admonition:: Learn more
|
||||
|
||||
For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about the different types of
|
||||
:ref:`locations <inventory/management/difference-warehouse-location>`.
|
||||
:ref:`location types <inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`.
|
||||
|
||||
Scrap from stock
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,58 +2,118 @@
|
||||
Locations
|
||||
=========
|
||||
|
||||
A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, room, aisle, etc. There
|
||||
are three types of locations in Odoo:
|
||||
A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, room, aisle, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
- *Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's company. These can be a an
|
||||
area where items are stored like an aisle or shelf, or an area where operations take place, like
|
||||
loading and unloading bays.
|
||||
- *Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they exist within the warehouse
|
||||
of a customer or vendor.
|
||||
- *Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where items that are not in
|
||||
inventory can be placed. These can be items that have not yet entered inventory, like products
|
||||
that are on the way to a warehouse, or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other
|
||||
factors.
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so,
|
||||
navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the
|
||||
:guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox.
|
||||
To create specific storage locations, enable the *Storage Locations* feature by going to
|
||||
:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouses`
|
||||
section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`.
|
||||
|
||||
Create a new location inside a warehouse
|
||||
========================================
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
Typically, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is used with :doc:`Multi-Step Routes
|
||||
<use_routes>`, which controls how products move between locations.
|
||||
|
||||
Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations
|
||||
--> Create`. The new location form can then be configured as follows:
|
||||
.. image:: use_locations/enable-location.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Show Storage Locations feature.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the location
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location exists within
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location is inside of
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for scrapped/damaged goods to be stored
|
||||
in this location
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be returned to this
|
||||
location
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :ref:`strategy <inventory/routes/strategies/removal>` for how
|
||||
items should be taken from inventory
|
||||
Create new location
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: use_locations/new-location-form.png
|
||||
After enabling *Storage Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->
|
||||
Locations`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: use_locations/locations.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: List of internal locations.
|
||||
|
||||
On this page, click :guilabel:`New`. The new location form can then be configured as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Location Name`: recognizable name of the location.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location within which the new location exists. After the location
|
||||
is created, it is listed on the :guilabel:`Locations` page using a *location hierarchy*, to
|
||||
describe how a specific location fits within larger areas of the warehouse.
|
||||
|
||||
.. example::
|
||||
In `WH/Stock/Zone A/Refrigerator 1`, "Refrigerator 1" is the location name, "Zone A" is the
|
||||
parent location, and everything before it is the path showing where this spot is within the
|
||||
warehouse.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional Information section
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to the required fields above, configure the following location fields to ensure the
|
||||
location serves its intended purpose in the database:
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Location Type`: from the drop-down menu, choose :guilabel:`Vendor Location`,
|
||||
:guilabel:`View`, :guilabel:`Internal Location`, :guilabel:`Customer Location`,
|
||||
:guilabel:`Inventory Loss`, :guilabel:`Production`, or :guilabel:`Transit Location` to categorize
|
||||
the location. For details on each location type, refer to the :ref:`Location Types section
|
||||
<inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Storage Category`: only available with the :ref:`Storage Categories
|
||||
<inventory/warehouses_storage/storage-category>` feature enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app
|
||||
--> Configuration --> Settings`.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Company`: the company the location belongs to.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for scrapped/damaged goods to be
|
||||
stored in this location.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to be returned to this
|
||||
location.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Barcode`: used with the *Barcode* app, enter the barcode to :ref:`identify actions
|
||||
<barcode/setup/location>` at this location when scanned.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Replenish Location`: used for :doc:`configuring routes <use_routes>`, tick this
|
||||
checkbox to set the location as a destination for receiving products from *Buy*, *Manufacture*, or
|
||||
other procurement routes, ensuring products are correctly supplied to the warehouse.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: use_locations/new-location.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: The form for creating a new location.
|
||||
|
||||
Create location hierarchies
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
Cyclic Counting section
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location to exist within a
|
||||
warehouse or another location. Every location can serve as a parent location, and every parent
|
||||
location can have multiple locations within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite
|
||||
hierarchical structure.
|
||||
To schedule regular inventory counts at this location, set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency
|
||||
(Days)` field to the desired interval. By default, it is set to `0` (no scheduled counts).
|
||||
|
||||
For example, setting this field to `30`, schedules a count every thirty days. For more specifics on
|
||||
setting up and using this feature, refer to the :doc:`Cycle Counts documentation <cycle_counts>`.
|
||||
|
||||
The :guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` field displays the date the last inventory count at this
|
||||
location occurred. When scheduled inventory counts are enabled, the :guilabel:`Next Expected
|
||||
Inventory` field displays the date of the next inventory count.
|
||||
|
||||
.. example::
|
||||
Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an aisle, which is
|
||||
located within a room, which is located within the overall warehouse.
|
||||
With inventory counts scheduled to occur every `30` days, and the :guilabel:`Last Effective
|
||||
Inventory` count occurring on July 16, the :guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` is August 15.
|
||||
|
||||
To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as the parent of the room,
|
||||
the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted
|
||||
to a hierarchy of any magnitude.
|
||||
.. image:: use_locations/scheduled-count.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Show Cyclic Count section of the locations form.
|
||||
|
||||
Logistics section
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section of the locations form, optionally select a :guilabel:`Removal
|
||||
Strategy` to determine the order and priority of how products are picked from inventory. The options
|
||||
are: :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`, :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)`, :guilabel:`Closest
|
||||
Location`, and :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
:doc:`../advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`
|
||||
|
||||
Current stock at location
|
||||
=========================
|
||||
|
||||
To view the current stock at a single location, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->
|
||||
Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location.
|
||||
|
||||
Next, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button to get a list of all products at the
|
||||
location.
|
||||
|
||||
.. example::
|
||||
A list of current stock at `Shelf 1` consists of `266` cabinets and `39` desks.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: use_locations/current-stock.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Show stock at Shelf 1.
|
||||
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 9.6 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 5.8 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 24 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 9.0 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 13 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 5.2 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
==========
|
||||
Warehouses
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
In the Odoo *Inventory* app, a *warehouse* is a physical space with an address for storing items,
|
||||
such as a storage facility, distribution center, or physical store.
|
||||
|
||||
Each database has a pre-configured warehouse with the company's address. Users can set up multiple
|
||||
warehouses, and :doc:`create stock moves <use_routes>` between them.
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
To create or manage warehouses, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->
|
||||
Warehouses`.
|
||||
|
||||
Then, select an existing warehouse, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens
|
||||
the warehouse form, which contains the following fields:
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Warehouse` (*required field*): the full name of the warehouse.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Short Name` (*required field*): the abbreviated code for the warehouse (maximum five
|
||||
characters). The short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on warehouse documents, so it is recommended to use an
|
||||
memorable one, like "WH[first letters of location]" (e.g. `WHA`, `WHB`, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Address` (*required field*): the address of the warehouse. To change the warehouse
|
||||
address when creating two or more warehouses, hover over the field, and click the
|
||||
:icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)`.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Company` (*required field*): the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as
|
||||
the company that owns the Odoo database, or the company of a customer or vendor.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Intrastat region`: :doc:`region name
|
||||
<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` required for companies in the European
|
||||
Union.
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
The options below are available **only** when the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is enabled in
|
||||
:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`: select the option to receive products from the warehouse in
|
||||
:doc:`one <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, :doc:`two
|
||||
<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or :doc:`three
|
||||
<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` steps.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`: select the option to deliver products from the warehouse in
|
||||
:doc:`one <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, :doc:`two
|
||||
<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or :doc:`three
|
||||
<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` steps.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* feature enabled in
|
||||
:menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick this checkbox to purchase
|
||||
components from vendors, and dropship them to subcontractors.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* feature, tick this
|
||||
checkbox to supply subcontractors with raw materials stored in *this* specific warehouse.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for items to be manufactured in
|
||||
this warehouse.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Manufacture`: choose whether to manufacture products in :doc:`one
|
||||
<../../../manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing>`, :doc:`two
|
||||
<../../../manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing>`, or :doc:`three steps
|
||||
<../../../manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing>`.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for purchased products to be delivered to
|
||||
the warehouse.
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Resupply From`: available with multiple warehouses in the database, select warehouses
|
||||
to pull stock *from* to fulfill orders.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
:doc:`Use inventory adjustments to add stock to new warehouses <count_products>`
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: warehouses/warehouse-form.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Example warehouse form.
|
||||
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 22 KiB |
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
Manage Warehouses and Locations
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
Terminology
|
||||
===========
|
||||
|
||||
Warehouse
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's items are stocked.
|
||||
Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user can create moves between warehouses.
|
||||
|
||||
.. _inventory/management/difference-warehouse-location:
|
||||
|
||||
Location
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a sublocation of the warehouse
|
||||
(a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it
|
||||
is not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can be
|
||||
configured as needed under one warehouse.
|
||||
|
||||
There are three types of locations:
|
||||
|
||||
- The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the warehouses that the
|
||||
company owns. They can be the loading and unloading areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department,
|
||||
etc.
|
||||
|
||||
- The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's warehouse. They work the
|
||||
same way as physical locations, with the only difference being that they are not owned by the
|
||||
user's company.
|
||||
|
||||
- The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which products can be placed when
|
||||
they are not physically in an inventory yet (or anymore). They come in handy when recording lost
|
||||
products (**Inventory Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse
|
||||
(**Procurements**).
|
||||
|
||||
In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be structured as a tree, dependent
|
||||
on a parent-child relationship. This gives more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations
|
||||
and the organization of the warehouses.
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable
|
||||
:guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: warehouses_locations/storage-location-warehouse-setting.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings.
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and
|
||||
check :doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`.
|
||||
|
||||
Create a new warehouse
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`
|
||||
and click on :guilabel:`Create`.
|
||||
|
||||
Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. The short name is five
|
||||
characters maximum.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: warehouses_locations/create-new-warehouse.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory.
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse documents. Odoo
|
||||
recommends using an understandable one like "WH/[first letters of location]".
|
||||
|
||||
Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations related to the newly
|
||||
created warehouse have been automatically generated.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: warehouses_locations/new-transfer-types.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently created warehouse.
|
||||
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the :guilabel:`Locations` setting.
|
||||
|
||||
Create a new location
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Locations`
|
||||
and click on :guilabel:`Create`.
|
||||
|
||||
Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location` and click
|
||||
:guilabel:`Save`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: warehouses_locations/create-new-location.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
:alt: Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory.
|
||||
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 7.5 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 3.9 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 12 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 6.5 KiB |
@@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ workspaces.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
- `Odoo Documents: product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/documents>`_
|
||||
- `Odoo Tutorials: Documents basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/documents-basics-674>`_
|
||||
- `Odoo Tutorials: Documents basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/documents-basics-6841?fullscreen=1>`_
|
||||
- `Odoo Tutorials: Using Documents with your Accounting App
|
||||
<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-documents-with-your-accounting-app-675?fullscreen=1#>`_
|
||||
<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/accounting-integration-and-workflow-actions-6853?fullscreen=1>`_
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -24,6 +24,12 @@ countries. The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends
|
||||
legislation. Companies doing business abroad should also consider other countries' electronic
|
||||
signature laws.
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
The below information has no legal value; it is only provided for general informational purposes.
|
||||
As laws governing electronic signatures rapidly evolve, we cannot guarantee that all information
|
||||
is up-to-date. We advise contacting a local attorney for legal advice regarding electronic
|
||||
signature compliance and validity.
|
||||
|
||||
European Union
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -76,11 +82,19 @@ Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five crit
|
||||
example, by providing the signer either a fully-executed copy or the possibility to download a
|
||||
copy.
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
The above information has no legal value; it is only provided for general informational purposes.
|
||||
As laws governing electronic signatures rapidly evolve, we cannot guarantee that all information
|
||||
is up-to-date. We advise contacting a local attorney for legal advice regarding electronic
|
||||
signature compliance and validity.
|
||||
Other countries
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
- :doc:`Australia <sign/australia>`
|
||||
- :doc:`Brazil <sign/brazil>`
|
||||
- :doc:`Canada <sign/canada>`
|
||||
- :doc:`China <sign/china>`
|
||||
- :doc:`India <sign/india>`
|
||||
- :doc:`Japan <sign/japan>`
|
||||
- :doc:`Mexico <sign/mexico>`
|
||||
- :doc:`Russia <sign/russia>`
|
||||
- :doc:`South Korea <sign/south_korea>`
|
||||
- :doc:`United Kingdom <sign/united_kingdom>`
|
||||
|
||||
Send a document to sign
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
:orphan:
|
||||
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
Odoo Sign legality in Australia
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant
|
||||
electronic signatures in Australia.
|
||||
|
||||
Legal framework for electronic signatures in Australia
|
||||
======================================================
|
||||
|
||||
In Australia, electronic signatures are regulated under the `Electronic Transactions Act (ETA)
|
||||
<https://www.legislation.gov.au/C2004A00553/latest/text>`_, the `Electronic Transactions Regulations
|
||||
(ETR) <https://www.legislation.wa.gov.au/legislation/prod/filestore.nsf/FileURL/mrdoc_23907.pdf/$FILE/Electronic%20Transactions%20Regulations%202012%20-%20%5B00-a0-04%5D.pdf?OpenElement>`_
|
||||
and local regulations in each state. The law governs transactions performed through electronic means
|
||||
and the use of electronic signatures. The key points of the law include:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Legal recognition**: electronic signatures are legally equivalent to handwritten signatures if
|
||||
they meet certain criteria.
|
||||
- **Reliability and security**: electronic signatures must be created with a secure method that can
|
||||
reliably identify the signatory and ensure the integrity of the signed document.
|
||||
|
||||
How Odoo Sign complies with Australian regulations
|
||||
==================================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of Australia by incorporating
|
||||
the following features:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Secure signature creation**: Odoo Sign utilizes advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure the
|
||||
authenticity and integrity of electronic signatures.
|
||||
- **Third-party signature authenticator**: Odoo Online serves as an independent validation mechanism
|
||||
that adds an extra layer of security to the procurement process.
|
||||
- **Audit trails**: detailed audit logs are maintained to provide evidence of the signing process,
|
||||
including timestamps, IP addresses, and identity verification.
|
||||
- **Cryptographic traceability and immutability**: Odoo Sign ensures that any operation is logged
|
||||
securely. An audit log provides full transparency to all parties while preserving private data.
|
||||
- **Multiple authentication means**: authentication by SMS, email, geoIP or handwritten electronic
|
||||
signature.
|
||||
|
||||
Types of documents you can sign with Odoo Sign
|
||||
==============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign is versatile and can be used for a wide range of documents, including but not limited to:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Contracts and agreements**: business contracts, employment agreements, and service contracts.
|
||||
- **Financial documents**: loan agreements, investment documents, and financial reports.
|
||||
- **HR documents**: employee onboarding forms, non-disclosure agreements (NDAs), and performance
|
||||
reviews.
|
||||
- **Commercial transactions**: purchase orders, sales agreements, and supplier contracts.
|
||||
|
||||
Potential exceptions
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may
|
||||
not be suitable or legally recognized in Australia:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Wills and trusts**: documents related to inheritance, wills, and trusts often require
|
||||
handwritten signatures.
|
||||
- **Real estate transactions**: some property transactions may still require notarized handwritten
|
||||
signatures.
|
||||
- **Government forms**: specific government forms and applications may mandate physical signatures.
|
||||
|
||||
.. admonition:: Disclaimer
|
||||
|
||||
The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not
|
||||
constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of Australia,
|
||||
users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases
|
||||
meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may also be
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
*Last updated: June 19, 2024*
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
||||
:orphan:
|
||||
|
||||
============================
|
||||
Odoo Sign legality in Brazil
|
||||
============================
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant
|
||||
electronic signatures in Brazil.
|
||||
|
||||
Legal framework for electronic signatures in Brazil
|
||||
===================================================
|
||||
|
||||
In Brazil, electronic signatures are regulated under the `Brazilian Civil Code <https://webfiles-sc1.blackbaud.com/files/support/helpfiles/npoconnect-qa/content/resources/attachments/brazil-law-civil-code-13.777-2018.pdf>`_
|
||||
and the Provisional Executive Act 2.200-2 (EA 2200) regulations. The law governs transactions
|
||||
performed through electronic means and the use of electronic signatures. The key points of the law
|
||||
include:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Legal recognition**: electronic signatures are legally equivalent to handwritten signatures if
|
||||
they meet certain criteria.
|
||||
- **Reliability and security**: electronic signatures must be created with a secure method that can
|
||||
reliably identify the signatory and ensure the integrity of the signed document.
|
||||
- **Infraestrutura de Chaves Públicas Brasileira (ICP-Brazil)**: Brazil maintains its own public key
|
||||
infrastructure (PKI) for digital certificates called “Infraestrutura de Chaves Públicas
|
||||
Brasileira”. These are digital signature certificates or “seals” that serve as proof of identity
|
||||
of an individual for a certain purpose that can be used in special cases to provide additional
|
||||
security. These certificates are issued by Certification Authorities and are required by law for
|
||||
the signature of specific acts.
|
||||
|
||||
How Odoo Sign complies with Brazilian regulations
|
||||
=================================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of Brazil by incorporating the
|
||||
following features:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Secure signature creation**: Odoo Sign utilizes advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure the
|
||||
authenticity and integrity of electronic signatures.
|
||||
- **Third-party signature authenticator**: Odoo Online serves as an independent validation mechanism
|
||||
that adds an extra layer of security to the procurement process.
|
||||
- **Audit trails**: detailed audit logs are maintained to provide evidence of the signing process,
|
||||
including timestamps, IP addresses, and identity verification.
|
||||
- **Cryptographic traceability and immutability**: Odoo Sign ensures that any operation is logged
|
||||
securely. An audit log provides full transparency to all parties while preserving private data.
|
||||
- **Multiple authentication means**: authentication by SMS, email, geoIP or handwritten electronic
|
||||
signature.
|
||||
|
||||
Types of documents you can sign with Odoo Sign
|
||||
==============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign is versatile and can be used for a wide range of documents, including but not limited to:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Contracts and agreements**: business contracts, employment agreements, and service contracts.
|
||||
- **Financial documents**: loan agreements, investment documents, and financial reports.
|
||||
- **HR documents**: employee onboarding forms, non-disclosure agreements (NDAs), and performance
|
||||
reviews.
|
||||
- **Commercial transactions**: purchase orders, sales agreements, and supplier contracts.
|
||||
|
||||
Potential exceptions
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may
|
||||
not be suitable or legally recognized in Brazil:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Wills and trusts**: documents related to inheritance, wills, and trusts often require
|
||||
handwritten signatures.
|
||||
- **Real estate transactions**: some property transactions may still require notarized handwritten
|
||||
signatures.
|
||||
- **Government forms**: specific government forms and applications may mandate physical signatures.
|
||||
|
||||
.. admonition:: Disclaimer
|
||||
|
||||
The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not
|
||||
constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of Brazil,
|
||||
users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases
|
||||
meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may also be
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
*Last updated: June 19, 2024*
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
:orphan:
|
||||
|
||||
============================
|
||||
Odoo Sign legality in Canada
|
||||
============================
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant
|
||||
electronic signatures in Canada.
|
||||
|
||||
Legal framework for electronic signatures in Canada
|
||||
===================================================
|
||||
|
||||
In Canada, electronic signatures are regulated under the `Personal Information Protection and
|
||||
Electronic Documents Act (PIPEDA) <https://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/pdf/p-8.6.pdf>`_ and local
|
||||
regulations. The law establishes electronic equivalents to paper-based documents and signatures at
|
||||
the federal level. The key points of the law include:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Legal recognition**: electronic signatures are legally equivalent to handwritten signatures if
|
||||
they meet certain criteria.
|
||||
- **Reliability and security**: electronic signatures must be created with a secure method that can
|
||||
reliably identify the signatory and ensure the integrity of the signed document.
|
||||
- **Secure electronic signature**: the law recognizes digital signature certificates or “seals” that
|
||||
serve as proof of identity of an individual for a certain purpose that can be used in special
|
||||
cases to provide additional security. These certificates are issued by Certification Authorities
|
||||
and are required by law for the signature of specific acts.
|
||||
|
||||
How Odoo Sign complies with Canadian regulations
|
||||
================================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of Canada by incorporating the
|
||||
following features:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Secure signature creation**: Odoo Sign utilizes advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure the
|
||||
authenticity and integrity of electronic signatures.
|
||||
- **Third-party signature authenticator**: Odoo Online serves as an independent validation mechanism
|
||||
that adds an extra layer of security to the procurement process.
|
||||
- **Audit trails**: detailed audit logs are maintained to provide evidence of the signing process,
|
||||
including timestamps, IP addresses, and identity verification.
|
||||
- **Cryptographic traceability and immutability**: Odoo Sign ensures that any operation is logged
|
||||
securely. An audit log provides full transparency to all parties while preserving private data.
|
||||
- **Multiple authentication means**: authentication by SMS, email, geoIP or handwritten electronic
|
||||
signature.
|
||||
|
||||
Types of documents you can sign with Odoo Sign
|
||||
==============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign is versatile and can be used for a wide range of documents, including but not limited to:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Contracts and agreements**: business contracts, employment agreements, and service contracts.
|
||||
- **Financial documents**: loan agreements, investment documents, and financial reports.
|
||||
- **HR documents**: employee onboarding forms, non-disclosure agreements (NDAs), and performance
|
||||
reviews.
|
||||
- **Commercial transactions**: purchase orders, sales agreements, and supplier contracts.
|
||||
|
||||
Potential exceptions
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may
|
||||
not be suitable or legally recognized in Canada:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Wills and trusts**: documents related to inheritance, wills, and trusts often require
|
||||
handwritten signatures.
|
||||
- **Real estate transactions**: some property transactions may still require notarized handwritten
|
||||
signatures.
|
||||
- **Government forms**: specific government forms and applications may mandate physical signatures.
|
||||
|
||||
.. admonition:: Disclaimer
|
||||
|
||||
The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not
|
||||
constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of Canada,
|
||||
users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases
|
||||
meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may also be
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
*Last updated: June 19, 2024*
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
||||
:orphan:
|
||||
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
Odoo Sign legality in China
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant electronic signatures in
|
||||
China.
|
||||
|
||||
Legal framework for electronic signatures in China
|
||||
==================================================
|
||||
|
||||
In China, electronic signatures are regulated under the Electronic Signature Law (ESL) of the People's Republic of
|
||||
China, enacted in 2005 and amended in 2015. The law provides the foundation for the use and legal recognition of
|
||||
electronic signatures. The key points of the ESL include:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Legal recognition**: electronic signatures are legally equivalent to handwritten signatures if they meet certain
|
||||
criteria.
|
||||
- **Reliability and security**: electronic signatures must be created with a secure method that can reliably identify
|
||||
the signatory and ensure the integrity of the signed document.
|
||||
- **Certification Authorities (CAs)**: the law recognizes electronic signatures supported by digital certificates issued
|
||||
by accredited Certification Authorities (CAs).
|
||||
|
||||
How Odoo Sign complies with Chinese regulations
|
||||
===============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of China by incorporating the following features:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Secure signature creation**: Odoo Sign utilizes advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure the authenticity and
|
||||
integrity of electronic signatures.
|
||||
- **Third-party signature authenticator**: Odoo Online serves as an independent validation mechanism that adds an extra
|
||||
layer of security to the procurement process.
|
||||
- **Audit trails**: detailed audit logs are maintained to provide evidence of the signing process, including timestamps,
|
||||
IP addresses, and identity verification.
|
||||
- **Cryptographic traceability and immutability**: Odoo Sign ensures that any operation is logged securely. An audit log
|
||||
provides full transparency to all parties while preserving private data.
|
||||
- **Multiple authentication means**: authentication by SMS, email, geoIP or handwritten electronic signature.
|
||||
|
||||
Types of documents you can sign with Odoo Sign
|
||||
==============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign is versatile and can be used for a wide range of documents, including but not limited to:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Contracts and agreements**: business contracts, employment agreements, and service contracts.
|
||||
- **Financial documents**: loan agreements, investment documents, and financial reports.
|
||||
- **HR documents**: employee onboarding forms, non-disclosure agreements (NDAs), and performance reviews.
|
||||
- **Commercial transactions**: purchase orders, sales agreements, and supplier contracts.
|
||||
|
||||
Potential exceptions
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may not be suitable or
|
||||
legally recognized in China:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Wills and trusts**: documents related to inheritance, wills, and trusts often require handwritten signatures.
|
||||
- **Real estate transactions**: some property transactions may still require notarized handwritten signatures.
|
||||
- **Government forms**: specific government forms and applications may mandate physical signatures.
|
||||
|
||||
.. admonition:: Disclaimer
|
||||
|
||||
The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal
|
||||
advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of China, users should consult with legal
|
||||
professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional
|
||||
industry-specific regulations may also be necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
*Last updated: June 19, 2024*
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||
:orphan:
|
||||
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
Odoo Sign legality in India
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant
|
||||
electronic signatures in India.
|
||||
|
||||
Legal framework for electronic signatures in India
|
||||
==================================================
|
||||
|
||||
In India, electronic signatures are regulated under the `Information Technology Act (ITA) <https://eprocure.gov.in/cppp/rulesandprocs/kbadqkdlcswfjdelrquehwuxcfmijmuixngudufgbuubgubfugbububjxcgfvsbdihbgfGhdfgFHytyhRtMjk4NzY=>`_,
|
||||
the `Indian Contract Act (ICA)
|
||||
<https://www.indiacode.nic.in/bitstream/123456789/2187/2/A187209.pdf>`_ and the Electronic Signature
|
||||
or Electronic Authentication Technique and Procedure Rules (ESEATPR). The law provides the
|
||||
foundation for the use and legal recognition of electronic signatures. The key points of the law
|
||||
include:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Legal recognition**: electronic signatures are legally equivalent to handwritten signatures if
|
||||
they meet certain criteria.
|
||||
- **Reliability and security**: electronic signatures must be created with a secure method that can
|
||||
reliably identify the signatory and ensure the integrity of the signed document.
|
||||
- **Digital signature certificates**: the law recognizes digital signature certificates that serve
|
||||
as proof of identity of an individual for a certain purpose that can be used in special cases to
|
||||
provide additional security.
|
||||
|
||||
How Odoo Sign complies with Indian regulations
|
||||
==============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of India by incorporating the
|
||||
following features:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Secure signature creation**: Odoo Sign utilizes advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure the
|
||||
authenticity and integrity of electronic signatures.
|
||||
- **Third-party signature authenticator**: Odoo Online serves as an independent validation mechanism
|
||||
that adds an extra layer of security to the procurement process.
|
||||
- **Audit trails**: detailed audit logs are maintained to provide evidence of the signing process,
|
||||
including timestamps, IP addresses, and identity verification.
|
||||
- **Cryptographic traceability and immutability**: Odoo Sign ensures that any operation is logged
|
||||
securely. An audit log provides full transparency to all parties while preserving private data.
|
||||
- **Multiple authentication means**: authentication by SMS, email, geoIP or handwritten electronic
|
||||
signature.
|
||||
|
||||
Types of documents you can sign with Odoo Sign
|
||||
==============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign is versatile and can be used for a wide range of documents, including but not limited to:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Contracts and agreements**: business contracts, employment agreements, and service contracts.
|
||||
- **Financial documents**: loan agreements, investment documents, and financial reports.
|
||||
- **HR documents**: employee onboarding forms, non-disclosure agreements (NDAs), and performance
|
||||
reviews.
|
||||
- **Commercial transactions**: purchase orders, sales agreements, and supplier contracts.
|
||||
|
||||
Potential exceptions
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may
|
||||
not be suitable or legally recognized in India:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Wills and trusts**: documents related to inheritance, wills, and trusts often require
|
||||
handwritten signatures.
|
||||
- **Real estate transactions**: some property transactions may still require notarized handwritten
|
||||
signatures.
|
||||
- **Government forms**: specific government forms and applications may mandate physical signatures.
|
||||
|
||||
.. admonition:: Disclaimer
|
||||
|
||||
The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not
|
||||
constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of India,
|
||||
users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases
|
||||
meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may also be
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
*Last updated: June 19, 2024*
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
:orphan:
|
||||
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
Odoo Sign legality in Japan
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant
|
||||
electronic signatures in Japan.
|
||||
|
||||
Legal framework for electronic signatures in Japan
|
||||
==================================================
|
||||
|
||||
In Japan, electronic signatures are regulated under the `Act on Electronic Signatures and
|
||||
Certification Business (E-signature Act) <https://www.cas.go.jp/jp/seisaku/hourei/data/aescb.pdf>`_
|
||||
published in the official gazette on May 31, 2000. The law provides the foundation for the use and
|
||||
legal recognition of electronic signatures. The key points of the E-signature Act include:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Legal recognition**: electronic signatures are legally equivalent to handwritten signatures if
|
||||
they meet certain criteria.
|
||||
- **Reliability and security**: electronic signatures must be created with a secure method that can
|
||||
reliably identify the signatory and ensure the integrity of the signed document.
|
||||
- **Certification Businesses (CBs)**: the law recognizes electronic signatures supported by digital
|
||||
certificates issued by accredited CBs.
|
||||
|
||||
How Odoo Sign complies with Japanese regulations
|
||||
================================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of Japan by incorporating the
|
||||
following features:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Secure signature creation**: Odoo Sign utilizes advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure the
|
||||
authenticity and integrity of electronic signatures.
|
||||
- **Third-party signature authenticator**: Odoo Online serves as an independent validation mechanism
|
||||
that adds an extra layer of security to the procurement process.
|
||||
- **Audit trails**: detailed audit logs are maintained to provide evidence of the signing process,
|
||||
including timestamps, IP addresses, and identity verification.
|
||||
- **Cryptographic traceability and immutability**: Odoo Sign ensures that any operation is logged
|
||||
securely. An audit log provides full transparency to all parties while preserving private data.
|
||||
- **Multiple authentication means**: authentication by SMS, email, geoIP or handwritten electronic
|
||||
signature.
|
||||
|
||||
Types of documents you can sign with Odoo Sign
|
||||
==============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign is versatile and can be used for a wide range of documents, including but not limited to:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Contracts and agreements**: business contracts, employment agreements, and service contracts.
|
||||
- **Financial documents**: loan agreements, investment documents, and financial reports.
|
||||
- **HR documents**: employee onboarding forms, non-disclosure agreements (NDAs), and performance
|
||||
reviews.
|
||||
- **Commercial transactions**: purchase orders, sales agreements, and supplier contracts.
|
||||
|
||||
Potential exceptions
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may
|
||||
not be suitable or legally recognized in Japan:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Wills and trusts**: documents related to inheritance, wills, and trusts often require
|
||||
handwritten signatures.
|
||||
- **Real estate transactions**: some property transactions may still require notarized handwritten
|
||||
signatures.
|
||||
- **Government forms**: specific government forms and applications may mandate physical signatures.
|
||||
|
||||
.. admonition:: Disclaimer
|
||||
|
||||
The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not
|
||||
constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of Japan,
|
||||
users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases
|
||||
meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may also be
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
*Last updated: June 19, 2024*
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
:orphan:
|
||||
|
||||
============================
|
||||
Odoo Sign legality in Mexico
|
||||
============================
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant
|
||||
electronic signatures in Mexico.
|
||||
|
||||
Legal framework for electronic signatures in Mexico
|
||||
===================================================
|
||||
|
||||
In Mexico, electronic signatures are regulated under the `Mexican Civil Code
|
||||
<https://www.diputados.gob.mx/LeyesBiblio/pdf/CCF.pdf>`_ and the `Commercial Code
|
||||
<http://www.ordenjuridico.gob.mx/Publicaciones/pdf/L222.pdf>`_, as well as the civil codes of each
|
||||
state. The law governs transactions performed through electronic means and the use of electronic
|
||||
signatures. The key points of the law include:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Legal recognition**: electronic signatures are legally equivalent to handwritten signatures if
|
||||
they meet certain criteria.
|
||||
- **Reliability and security**: electronic signatures must be created with a secure method that can
|
||||
reliably identify the signatory and ensure the integrity of the signed document.
|
||||
- **NORMA Oficial Mexicana NOM-151-SCFI-2016 (NOM 151)**: establishes the requirements for the
|
||||
conservation of data messages and digitization of documents with full guarantees of integrity. It
|
||||
also establishes the certification and time stamping requirements for certain documents.
|
||||
|
||||
How Odoo Sign complies with Mexican regulations
|
||||
===============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of Mexico by incorporating the
|
||||
following features:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Secure signature creation**: Odoo Sign utilizes advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure the
|
||||
authenticity and integrity of electronic signatures.
|
||||
- **Third-party signature authenticator**: Odoo Online serves as an independent validation mechanism
|
||||
that adds an extra layer of security to the procurement process.
|
||||
- **Audit trails**: detailed audit logs are maintained to provide evidence of the signing process,
|
||||
including timestamps, IP addresses, and identity verification.
|
||||
- **Cryptographic traceability and immutability**: Odoo Sign ensures that any operation is logged
|
||||
securely. An audit log provides full transparency to all parties while preserving private data.
|
||||
- **Multiple authentication means**: authentication by SMS, email, geoIP or handwritten electronic
|
||||
signature.
|
||||
|
||||
Types of documents you can sign with Odoo Sign
|
||||
==============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign is versatile and can be used for a wide range of documents, including but not limited to:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Contracts and agreements**: business contracts, employment agreements, and service contracts.
|
||||
- **Financial documents**: loan agreements, investment documents, and financial reports.
|
||||
- **HR documents**: employee onboarding forms, non-disclosure agreements (NDAs), and performance
|
||||
reviews.
|
||||
- **Commercial transactions**: purchase orders, sales agreements, and supplier contracts.
|
||||
|
||||
Potential exceptions
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may
|
||||
not be suitable or legally recognized in Mexico:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Wills and trusts**: documents related to inheritance, wills, and trusts often require
|
||||
handwritten signatures.
|
||||
- **Real estate transactions**: some property transactions may still require notarized handwritten
|
||||
signatures.
|
||||
- **Government forms**: specific government forms and applications may mandate physical signatures.
|
||||
|
||||
.. admonition:: Disclaimer
|
||||
|
||||
The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not
|
||||
constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of Mexico,
|
||||
users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases
|
||||
meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may also be
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
*Last updated: June 19, 2024*
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
||||
:orphan:
|
||||
|
||||
============================
|
||||
Odoo Sign legality in Russia
|
||||
============================
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant
|
||||
electronic signatures in Russia.
|
||||
|
||||
Legal framework for electronic signatures in Russia
|
||||
===================================================
|
||||
|
||||
In Russia, electronic signatures are regulated under the `Federal Law No. 63-FZ as of 6 April 2011
|
||||
"On electronic signature" <https://afyonluoglu.org/PublicWebFiles/e-imza/int-legislation/Russia-Federal%20Law%20on%20e-Signatures.pdf>`_
|
||||
and the `Civil Code of the Russian Federation
|
||||
<https://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/acc_e/rus_e/wtaccrus58_leg_360.pdf>`_. The law provides the
|
||||
foundation for the use and legal recognition of electronic signatures. The key points of the law
|
||||
include:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Legal recognition**: electronic signatures are legally equivalent to handwritten signatures if
|
||||
they meet certain criteria.
|
||||
- **Reliability and security**: electronic signatures must be created with a secure method that can
|
||||
reliably identify the signatory and ensure the integrity of the signed document.
|
||||
- **Qualified electronic signatures**: the law recognizes digital signature certificates that serve
|
||||
as proof of identity of an individual for a certain purpose that can be used in special cases to
|
||||
provide additional security. These certificates are issued by Certification Authorities and are
|
||||
required by law for the signature of specific acts.
|
||||
|
||||
How Odoo Sign complies with Russian regulations
|
||||
===============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of Russia by incorporating the
|
||||
following features:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Secure signature creation**: Odoo Sign utilizes advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure the
|
||||
authenticity and integrity of electronic signatures.
|
||||
- **Third-party signature authenticator**: Odoo Online serves as an independent validation mechanism
|
||||
that adds an extra layer of security to the procurement process.
|
||||
- **Audit trails**: detailed audit logs are maintained to provide evidence of the signing process,
|
||||
including timestamps, IP addresses, and identity verification.
|
||||
- **Cryptographic traceability and immutability**: Odoo Sign ensures that any operation is logged
|
||||
securely. An audit log provides full transparency to all parties while preserving private data.
|
||||
- **Multiple authentication means**: authentication by SMS, email, geoIP or handwritten electronic
|
||||
signature.
|
||||
|
||||
Types of documents you can sign with Odoo Sign
|
||||
==============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign is versatile and can be used for a wide range of documents, including but not limited to:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Contracts and agreements**: business contracts, employment agreements, and service contracts.
|
||||
- **Financial documents**: loan agreements, investment documents, and financial reports.
|
||||
- **HR documents**: employee onboarding forms, non-disclosure agreements (NDAs), and performance
|
||||
reviews.
|
||||
- **Commercial transactions**: purchase orders, sales agreements, and supplier contracts.
|
||||
|
||||
Potential exceptions
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may
|
||||
not be suitable or legally recognized in Russia:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Wills and trusts**: documents related to inheritance, wills, and trusts often require
|
||||
handwritten signatures.
|
||||
- **Real estate transactions**: some property transactions may still require notarized handwritten
|
||||
signatures.
|
||||
- **Government forms**: specific government forms and applications may mandate physical signatures.
|
||||
|
||||
.. admonition:: Disclaimer
|
||||
|
||||
The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not
|
||||
constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of Russia,
|
||||
users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases
|
||||
meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may also be
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
*Last updated: June 19, 2024*
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
:orphan:
|
||||
|
||||
=================================
|
||||
Odoo Sign legality in South Korea
|
||||
=================================
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant
|
||||
electronic signatures in South Korea.
|
||||
|
||||
Legal framework for electronic signatures in South Korea
|
||||
========================================================
|
||||
|
||||
In South Korea, electronic signatures are regulated under the `Digital Signature Act <https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_mobile/viewer.do?hseq=61440&type=part&key=28#:~:text=The%20purpose%20of%20this%20Act,infrastructure%20for%20facilitating%20the%20use>`_
|
||||
and the `Framework Act on Electronic Documents and Transactions of Korea <https://elaw.klri.re.kr/eng_mobile/viewer.do?hseq=61440&type=part&key=28#:~:text=The%20purpose%20of%20this%20Act,infrastructure%20for%20facilitating%20the%20use>`_.
|
||||
The law governs transactions performed through electronic means and the use of electronic
|
||||
signatures. The key points of the law include:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Legal recognition**: electronic signatures are legally equivalent to handwritten signatures if
|
||||
they meet certain criteria.
|
||||
- **Reliability and security**: electronic signatures must be created with a secure method that can
|
||||
reliably identify the signatory and ensure the integrity of the signed document.
|
||||
- **Electronic signature certification services**: the law recognizes digital signature certificates
|
||||
or “seals” that serve as proof of identity of an individual for a certain purpose that can be used
|
||||
in special cases to provide additional security. These certificates are issued by Certification
|
||||
Authorities and are required by law for the signature of specific acts.
|
||||
|
||||
How Odoo Sign complies with South Korean regulations
|
||||
====================================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of South Korea by incorporating
|
||||
the following features:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Secure signature creation**: Odoo Sign utilizes advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure the
|
||||
authenticity and integrity of electronic signatures.
|
||||
- **Third-party signature authenticator**: Odoo Online serves as an independent validation mechanism
|
||||
that adds an extra layer of security to the procurement process.
|
||||
- **Audit trails**: detailed audit logs are maintained to provide evidence of the signing process,
|
||||
including timestamps, IP addresses, and identity verification.
|
||||
- **Cryptographic traceability and immutability**: Odoo Sign ensures that any operation is logged
|
||||
securely. An audit log provides full transparency to all parties while preserving private data.
|
||||
- **Multiple authentication means**: authentication by SMS, email, geoIP or handwritten electronic
|
||||
signature.
|
||||
|
||||
Types of documents you can sign with Odoo Sign
|
||||
==============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign is versatile and can be used for a wide range of documents, including but not limited to:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Contracts and agreements**: business contracts, employment agreements, and service contracts.
|
||||
- **Financial documents**: loan agreements, investment documents, and financial reports.
|
||||
- **HR documents**: employee onboarding forms, non-disclosure agreements (NDAs), and performance
|
||||
reviews.
|
||||
- **Commercial transactions**: purchase orders, sales agreements, and supplier contracts.
|
||||
|
||||
Potential exceptions
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may
|
||||
not be suitable or legally recognized in South Korea:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Wills and trusts**: documents related to inheritance, wills, and trusts often require
|
||||
handwritten signatures.
|
||||
- **Real estate transactions**: some property transactions may still require notarized handwritten
|
||||
signatures.
|
||||
- **Government forms**: specific government forms and applications may mandate physical signatures.
|
||||
|
||||
.. admonition:: Disclaimer
|
||||
|
||||
The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not
|
||||
constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of South
|
||||
Korea, users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use
|
||||
cases meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may
|
||||
also be necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
*Last updated: June 19, 2024*
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
:orphan:
|
||||
|
||||
========================================
|
||||
Odoo Sign legality in the United Kingdom
|
||||
========================================
|
||||
|
||||
:doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant
|
||||
electronic signatures in the United Kingdom.
|
||||
|
||||
Legal framework for electronic signatures in the United Kingdom
|
||||
===============================================================
|
||||
|
||||
In the United Kingdom, electronic signatures are regulated under Electronic Communications Act
|
||||
(ECA), and the `UK version <https://ico.org.uk/for-organisations/guide-to-eidas/>`_ of Regulation
|
||||
(EU) No 910/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 July 2014 on electronic
|
||||
identification and trust services for electronic transactions in the internal market (eIDAS) as
|
||||
amended by the `Electronic Identification and Trust Services for Electronic Transactions
|
||||
<https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2019/89/made>`_ (Amendment) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019 (SI
|
||||
2019/89) (the “UK eIDAS Regulation”). The law provides the foundation for the use and legal
|
||||
recognition of electronic signatures. The key points of the law include:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Legal recognition**: electronic signatures are legally equivalent to handwritten signatures if
|
||||
they meet certain criteria.
|
||||
- **Reliability and security**: electronic signatures must be created with a secure method that can
|
||||
reliably identify the signatory and ensure the integrity of the signed document.
|
||||
- **Digital signature certificates**: the law recognizes digital signature certificates that serve
|
||||
as proof of identity of an individual for a certain purpose that can be used in special cases to
|
||||
provide additional security. These certificates are issued by Certification Authorities and are
|
||||
required by law for the signature of specific acts.
|
||||
|
||||
How Odoo Sign complies with the United Kingdom regulations
|
||||
==========================================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of the United Kingdom by
|
||||
incorporating the following features:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Secure signature creation**: Odoo Sign utilizes advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure the
|
||||
authenticity and integrity of electronic signatures.
|
||||
- **Third-party signature authenticator**: Odoo Online serves as an independent validation mechanism
|
||||
that adds an extra layer of security to the procurement process.
|
||||
- **Audit trails**: detailed audit logs are maintained to provide evidence of the signing process,
|
||||
including timestamps, IP addresses, and identity verification.
|
||||
- **Cryptographic traceability and immutability**: Odoo Sign ensures that any operation is logged
|
||||
securely. An audit log provides full transparency to all parties while preserving private data.
|
||||
- **Multiple authentication means**: authentication by SMS, email, geoIP or handwritten electronic
|
||||
signature.
|
||||
|
||||
Types of documents you can sign with Odoo Sign
|
||||
==============================================
|
||||
|
||||
Odoo Sign is versatile and can be used for a wide range of documents, including but not limited to:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Contracts and agreements**: business contracts, employment agreements, and service contracts.
|
||||
- **Financial documents**: loan agreements, investment documents, and financial reports.
|
||||
- **HR documents**: employee onboarding forms, non-disclosure agreements (NDAs), and performance
|
||||
reviews.
|
||||
- **Commercial transactions**: purchase orders, sales agreements, and supplier contracts.
|
||||
|
||||
Potential exceptions
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may
|
||||
not be suitable or legally recognized in the United Kingdom:
|
||||
|
||||
- **Wills and trusts**: documents related to inheritance, wills, and trusts often require
|
||||
handwritten signatures.
|
||||
- **Real estate transactions**: some property transactions may still require notarized handwritten
|
||||
signatures.
|
||||
- **Government forms**: specific government forms and applications may mandate physical signatures.
|
||||
|
||||
.. admonition:: Disclaimer
|
||||
|
||||
The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not
|
||||
constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of the United
|
||||
Kingdom, users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use
|
||||
cases meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may
|
||||
also be necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
*Last updated: June 19, 2024*
|
||||
@@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ Odoo VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) can be set up to work together with `Ax
|
||||
<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an Asterisk server is **not** necessary, as the
|
||||
infrastructure is hosted and managed by Axivox.
|
||||
|
||||
To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to open an account. Before
|
||||
doing so, verify that Axivox covers the company's area, along with the areas the company's users
|
||||
wish to call.
|
||||
To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/en/contact/>`_ to open an account.
|
||||
Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers the company's area, along with the areas the company's
|
||||
users wish to call.
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ The following ePOS printers are directly compatible with Odoo without needing an
|
||||
- Epson TM-T70II-DT
|
||||
- Epson TM-T88V-DT
|
||||
- Epson TM-L90-i
|
||||
- Epson TM-T20II-i
|
||||
- Epson TM-T70-i
|
||||
- Epson TM-T82II-i
|
||||
- Epson TM-T83II-i
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to
|
||||
ease the work of your cashiers.
|
||||
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making
|
||||
this procedure only suitable for North American businesses.
|
||||
Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this procedure only
|
||||
suitable for North American businesses.
|
||||
|
||||
.. warning::
|
||||
Vantiv card readers should be purchased exclusively from Vantiv, as certain Vantiv terminals
|
||||
@@ -16,35 +16,30 @@ ease the work of your cashiers.
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
Configure the Payment Method
|
||||
Configure the payment method
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the
|
||||
Vantiv setting.
|
||||
Enable the payment terminal in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section :ref:`of the application
|
||||
settings <configuration/settings>`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: vantiv/vantiv_01.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
Then, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, and :doc:`create
|
||||
the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and
|
||||
select :guilabel:`Vantiv` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field.
|
||||
|
||||
Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, go in the
|
||||
payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment
|
||||
method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create
|
||||
new Vantiv credentials.
|
||||
Type the name you want to give to your :guilabel:`Vantiv Credentials` and click :guilabel:`Create
|
||||
and edit`. Enter your :guilabel:`Merchant ID` and :guilabel:`Merchant Password`, then click
|
||||
:guilabel:`Save & Close`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: vantiv/vantiv_02.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
.. image:: vantiv/vantiv-method.png
|
||||
:alt: Vantiv payment method
|
||||
|
||||
To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password,
|
||||
then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then
|
||||
save the payment method.
|
||||
Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. To do so, go to the
|
||||
:ref:`POS' settings <configuration/settings>` and add the payment method under the
|
||||
:guilabel:`Payment` section.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: vantiv/vantiv_03.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
|
||||
Pay with a Payment Terminal
|
||||
Pay with a payment terminal
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
|
||||
In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv
|
||||
payment method and… that’s all.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: vantiv/vantiv_04.png
|
||||
:align: center
|
||||
When processing a payment, select the related payment method. Check the amount and click on
|
||||
:guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment
|
||||
Successful`.
|
||||
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 10 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 9.0 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 82 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 15 KiB |
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Once activated, you can:
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
- :doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`
|
||||
- :doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`
|
||||
- :doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses`
|
||||
|
||||
Practical application
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -60,6 +60,18 @@ The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the Amazon Co
|
||||
| | | status synchronized from Odoo. |
|
||||
+---------------------------+----------------------------+-------------------------------------+
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
The stock synchronization does **not** currently support selling the same product as :abbr:`FBM
|
||||
(Fulfilled By Merchant)` *and* :abbr:`FBA (Fulfilled By Amazon)`.
|
||||
|
||||
At times, when stock is sent for all products, it triggers a stock problem with Amazon, where
|
||||
Amazon incorrectly thinks the :abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled By Merchant)` product has some quantity in
|
||||
:abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled By Merchant)`.
|
||||
|
||||
As a result, Amazon then sells it as :abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled By Merchant)`, instead of taking from
|
||||
their own warehouse. Odoo developers are currently working on resolving this issue to avoid
|
||||
future discrepancies.
|
||||
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. Other actions, such as
|
||||
downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -16,6 +16,18 @@ For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and *Cancele
|
||||
synchronized order, a sales order and customer are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already
|
||||
registered in the database).
|
||||
|
||||
.. important::
|
||||
The stock synchronization does **not** currently support selling the same product as :abbr:`FBM
|
||||
(Fulfilled By Merchant)` *and* :abbr:`FBA (Fulfilled By Amazon)`.
|
||||
|
||||
At times, when stock is sent for all products, it triggers a stock problem with Amazon, where
|
||||
Amazon incorrectly thinks the :abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled By Merchant)` product has some quantity in
|
||||
:abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled By Merchant)`.
|
||||
|
||||
As a result, Amazon then sells it as :abbr:`FBM (Fulfilled By Merchant)`, instead of taking from
|
||||
their own warehouse. Odoo developers are currently working on resolving this issue to avoid
|
||||
future discrepancies.
|
||||
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, the corresponding
|
||||
sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Configuration
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
To set up a user default warehouse, the :doc:`storage locations
|
||||
</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`
|
||||
<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations>`
|
||||
feature needs to be activated in the **Inventory** app. It is also necessary to have more than one
|
||||
warehouse in your database.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ You can either set it up :ref:`for your profile <default-warehouse/my-profile>`,
|
||||
users <default-warehouse/all-users>`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
:doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`
|
||||
:doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations`
|
||||
|
||||
.. _default-warehouse/my-profile:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -13,19 +13,27 @@ Studio
|
||||
studio/models_modules_apps
|
||||
studio/automated_actions
|
||||
studio/pdf_reports
|
||||
studio/approval_rules
|
||||
|
||||
Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding knowledge. For example, you
|
||||
can, on any app, add or modify:
|
||||
can, in any app, add or modify:
|
||||
|
||||
- :doc:`Fields <studio/fields>`
|
||||
- :doc:`Views <studio/views>`
|
||||
- :doc:`Models <studio/models_modules_apps>`
|
||||
- :doc:`Automated actions <studio/automated_actions>`
|
||||
- :doc:`PDF reports <studio/pdf_reports>`
|
||||
- Approval rules
|
||||
- :doc:`Approval rules <studio/approval_rules>`
|
||||
- Security rules
|
||||
|
||||
Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch <studio/models_modules_apps>`.
|
||||
You can also :doc:`build an app from scratch <studio/models_modules_apps>`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. _studio/access:
|
||||
|
||||
To access Studio, navigate to the app and model you want to modify, then click the **Toggle Studio**
|
||||
button, or vice versa.
|
||||
|
||||
To close Studio, click :guilabel:`Close` in the upper right corner.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
- `Odoo Tutorials: Studio <https://www.odoo.com/slides/studio-31>`_
|
||||
`Odoo Tutorials: Studio <https://www.odoo.com/slides/studio-31>`_
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
==============
|
||||
Approval rules
|
||||
==============
|
||||
|
||||
Studio approval rules are used to automate approval processes for actions. They allow you to define
|
||||
the criteria for when an approval is required before an action can be performed using a button.
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
To add approval rules, proceed as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
#. :ref:`Open Studio <studio/access>` and switch to the required :doc:`view <views>`.
|
||||
#. Select the button for which you want to add approval rules.
|
||||
#. In the :guilabel:`Properties` tab on the left, enable the :guilabel:`Set approval rules`
|
||||
feature.
|
||||
#. Specify the :guilabel:`Approval Group` to limit the approval permission to a specific user
|
||||
group.
|
||||
#. Define the :guilabel:`Responsible` user to create an activity for a specific user when an
|
||||
approval is requested from them.
|
||||
#. Add a :guilabel:`Description` to be displayed in the :ref:`Approval dialog <approval-rules/use>`.
|
||||
#. Enable :guilabel:`Limit approver to this rule` to require approvers to be different users (when
|
||||
there are multiple approval rules).
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally, you can also add conditions for the approval rule to be applied by clicking the
|
||||
:icon:`fa-filter` (:guilabel:`filter`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Approval Group` field.
|
||||
|
||||
Click :guilabel:`Add an approval rule` to add another rule.
|
||||
|
||||
Click the :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`trash`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Approval group` field to
|
||||
delete the approval rule.
|
||||
|
||||
.. tip::
|
||||
You can create :ref:`user groups <access-rights/groups>` specifically for approvals.
|
||||
|
||||
.. _approval-rules/use:
|
||||
|
||||
Use
|
||||
===
|
||||
|
||||
Once approval rules have been defined for a button:
|
||||
|
||||
- A **user avatar** icon is displayed next to the button's label for each approval rule that has
|
||||
been defined.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: approval_rules/approvals-button.png
|
||||
:alt: Confirm button with approval for purchase orders
|
||||
|
||||
- When an unauthorized user clicks the button, an error message is displayed in the top-right corner
|
||||
and an activity is created for the user specified in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field.
|
||||
- Only users from the group defined in the :guilabel:`Approval Group` field are allowed to approve
|
||||
or reject the action.
|
||||
|
||||
Authorized users can:
|
||||
|
||||
- approve and perform the action by clicking the button;
|
||||
- approve the action and allow another user to perform it by clicking the **user avatar** icon next
|
||||
to the button's label, then clicking the :icon:`fa-check` (:guilabel:`Approve`) button in the
|
||||
dialog that opens.
|
||||
- reject the action by clicking the **user avatar** icon next to the button's label, then clicking
|
||||
the :icon:`fa-times` (:guilabel:`Reject`) button in the dialog that opens.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: approval_rules/approvals-awaiting.png
|
||||
:alt: Approval dialog
|
||||
|
||||
.. tip::
|
||||
- The user who approved/rejected the action can revoke their decision by clicking the **user
|
||||
avatar** icon next to the button's label, then clicking the :icon:`fa-undo`
|
||||
(:guilabel:`Revoke`) button.
|
||||
- Approvals are tracked in the record's chatter. An approval entry is also created every time
|
||||
a Studio approval-related action is performed. To access the approval entries, :doc:`activate
|
||||
the developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and go to :menuselection:`Settings
|
||||
--> Technical --> Studio Approval Entries`.
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 4.0 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 6.9 KiB |
@@ -2,75 +2,56 @@
|
||||
Cookies bar
|
||||
===========
|
||||
|
||||
Cookies are small text files sent to your device when you visit a website. They are processed and
|
||||
stored by your browser and contain information about your visit, such as login data, location,
|
||||
language, etc. There are two main types of cookies:
|
||||
**Cookies** are small text files sent to your device when you visit a website. They are processed
|
||||
and stored by your browser and track user information like login details, preferences, and browsing
|
||||
history. **Essential cookies** are necessary for the website to function, while **optional cookies**
|
||||
are used to analyze behavior or display ads.
|
||||
|
||||
- Essential cookies, which are necessary for the website to function properly;
|
||||
- Non-essential or optional cookies, which are used to analyze your behavior or display
|
||||
advertisements.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: cookies_bar/popup.png
|
||||
:width: 500
|
||||
:alt: Example of a cookies bar with the popup layout.
|
||||
|
||||
Notifying users about data collection, as well as its methods and purposes, is required by data
|
||||
protection laws such as `GDPR <https://gdpr.eu>`_. Cookies bars are commonly used to fulfill this
|
||||
obligation in a user-friendly and transparent manner. They are displayed immediately upon a user's
|
||||
first visit to inform them that the website uses cookies and let them decide whether they want to
|
||||
store non-essential cookies on their device.
|
||||
Data protection laws require notifying users about data collection methods and purposes.
|
||||
**Cookies bar** fulfill this obligation by informing users on their first visit and allowing them to
|
||||
decide whether to store all or only essential cookies on their device.
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
To enable the cookies bar on your Odoo website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration` and
|
||||
enable :guilabel:`Cookies Bar` in the :guilabel:`Privacy` section.
|
||||
To enable the cookies bar on your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->
|
||||
Settings` and enable :guilabel:`Cookies Bar` in the :guilabel:`Privacy` section.
|
||||
|
||||
You can :ref:`customize the appearance of your cookies bar <cookies-bar/customization>` and :ref:`edit the content of
|
||||
the related Cookie Policy page <cookies-bar/policy>`.
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
The :ref:`Cookies Policy <cookies-bar/policy>` page (/cookie-policy`) is automatically created
|
||||
when you enable the cookies bar.
|
||||
|
||||
.. _cookies-bar/customization:
|
||||
|
||||
Customization
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
To adapt the display of the cookies bar, click :guilabel:`Edit` and select the :guilabel:`Cookies
|
||||
Bar` building block in the :guilabel:`Invisible Elements` at the bottom of the panel. Customize it
|
||||
using the options in the :guilabel:`Customize` tab in the edit panel. Three :guilabel:`Layouts` are
|
||||
available:
|
||||
To adapt the display of the cookies bar, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the
|
||||
:guilabel:`Invisible Elements` section at the bottom of the panel, and click
|
||||
:guilabel:`Cookies Bar`. You can modify the :guilabel:`Layout` and :guilabel:`Size` of the
|
||||
cookies bar, and enable :guilabel:`Backdrop` to gray out the page in the background when the cookies
|
||||
bar is displayed on the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Discrete`: thin bar
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Classic`: banner
|
||||
- :guilabel:`Popup`: you can change the popup's :guilabel:`Position` to the :guilabel:`Top`,
|
||||
:guilabel:`Middle`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` of the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also:
|
||||
|
||||
- modify the :guilabel:`Size` of the cookies bar;
|
||||
- enable :guilabel:`Backdrop` to gray out the page in the background when the cookies bar is
|
||||
displayed on the screen;
|
||||
- further customize the appearance of the cookies bar using :guilabel:`Block` and/or
|
||||
:guilabel:`Column` customization options, which are available after clicking anywhere in the
|
||||
building block.
|
||||
Click anywhere in the building block to further customize the appearance of the cookies bar using
|
||||
:guilabel:`Block`, :guilabel:`Column` and/or :guilabel:`Inline Text` customization options.
|
||||
|
||||
To edit the contents of the cookies bar (i.e., the consent message), click directly in the building
|
||||
block.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: cookies_bar/customization.png
|
||||
:alt: Odoo Website's edit panel to customize the cookies bar.
|
||||
|
||||
.. _cookies-bar/policy:
|
||||
|
||||
Cookie policy
|
||||
=============
|
||||
Cookies policy
|
||||
==============
|
||||
|
||||
When you enable the cookies bar for your website, Odoo creates the **Cookie Policy** page
|
||||
(`/cookie-policy`) with the list of essential and optional cookies. To access it, click the
|
||||
:guilabel:`Cookie Policy` hyperlink in the cookies bar or open the page from :menuselection:`Website
|
||||
--> Site --> Pages`.
|
||||
(`/cookie-policy`) containing a non-exhaustive list of cookies, with their purpose and examples. To
|
||||
access it, click the :guilabel:`Cookie Policy` hyperlink in the cookies bar or open the page from
|
||||
:menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`.
|
||||
|
||||
The contents of the page can be adapted based on your website's features and characteristics if
|
||||
needed.
|
||||
To adapt the content of the page according to your needs, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button.
|
||||
|
||||
.. tip::
|
||||
You could add a link providing access to this page, in your website's footer, for example.
|
||||
You could add a link to this page in your website's footer, for example.
|
||||
|
||||
.. seealso::
|
||||
:doc:`Pages <../pages>`
|
||||
|
||||
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 5.3 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 37 KiB |
@@ -2,94 +2,109 @@
|
||||
Translations
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
||||
The contents of your website pages (i.e., text strings) can be translated into different languages
|
||||
directly on your website.
|
||||
Your website is displayed in the language that matches your visitor’s browser. If the browser’s
|
||||
language has not been installed and added to your website, the content is shown in the
|
||||
:ref:`default language <translate/default-language>`. When additional languages are installed, users
|
||||
can choose their preferred language using the :ref:`language selector <translate/language-selector>`.
|
||||
|
||||
Your website is displayed in the language that matches the visitor's browser's language, unless that
|
||||
particular language has not been installed. In this case, the website is displayed in the
|
||||
:ref:`default language <translate/default-language>`. The visitor can still select another language
|
||||
in the language menu.
|
||||
The :ref:`Translate <translate/translate>` feature on your website allows automatic translation of
|
||||
standard terms and provides a tool for manual content translation.
|
||||
|
||||
Installing languages
|
||||
====================
|
||||
Install languages
|
||||
=================
|
||||
|
||||
To translate your website, you first have to add the required languages:
|
||||
To allow translation of your website, you must first :doc:`install <../../../general/users/language>`
|
||||
the required languages and add them to your website. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website -->
|
||||
Configuration --> Settings` and click :guilabel:`Install languages` in the :guilabel:`Website info`
|
||||
section. In the dialog box that opens, select the :guilabel:`Languages` you want from the dropdown
|
||||
menu, tick the required :guilabel:`Websites to translate`, and click :guilabel:`Add`.
|
||||
|
||||
#. Go to your website.
|
||||
#. Scroll to the bottom of the page to the **language menu**.
|
||||
#. Click the language and select :guilabel:`Add a language`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: translate/website-add-language.png
|
||||
:alt: Add a language to your website.
|
||||
|
||||
#. Click the :guilabel:`Languages` field and select the required language from the drop-down list.
|
||||
Repeat this step for each additional language.
|
||||
#. Click the :guilabel:`Add` button.
|
||||
To edit your website's languages, go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration –> Settings` and
|
||||
add/remove the required languages in/from the :guilabel:`Languages` field in the
|
||||
:guilabel:`Website info` section.
|
||||
|
||||
.. tip::
|
||||
You can also edit your website's languages from the backend, in the :guilabel:`Settings`. Go to
|
||||
:menuselection:`Website –> Configuration –> Settings` and add/remove the required languages in
|
||||
the :guilabel:`Languages` field, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section.
|
||||
Alternatively, once the languages have been installed, you can add them from the :ref:`language
|
||||
selector <translate/language-selector>`. You might then need to refresh your page to see the new
|
||||
language.
|
||||
|
||||
.. _translate/default-language:
|
||||
|
||||
Default language
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
If the language of the visitor's browser is not installed on your website, the content is displayed
|
||||
in the default language.
|
||||
|
||||
To define a default language, go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration –> Settings`, and
|
||||
select a language in the :guilabel:`Default` field.
|
||||
When multiple languages are available on your website, you can set a default language to be used if
|
||||
the visitor’s browser language is not available. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website –->
|
||||
Configuration -–> Settings`, and select a language in the :guilabel:`Default` field.
|
||||
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
This field is visible only if multiple languages are already configured for your website.
|
||||
This field is only visible if multiple languages have been installed and added to your website.
|
||||
|
||||
Translating the contents
|
||||
========================
|
||||
.. _translate/language-selector:
|
||||
|
||||
Once the languages have been added, you can translate the contents of your website. To do so, go to
|
||||
your website, select the language from the language menu and click the :guilabel:`Translate` button
|
||||
on the right part of the task bar to activate the **translation mode**.
|
||||
Language selector
|
||||
=================
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: translate/translate-button.png
|
||||
:alt: Translate button
|
||||
Your website’s visitors can switch languages using the language selector, available by default in
|
||||
the :guilabel:`Copyright` section at the bottom of the page. To edit the language selector menu:
|
||||
|
||||
As a result:
|
||||
#. Go to your website and click :guilabel:`Edit`;
|
||||
#. Click the language selector available in the :guilabel:`Copyright` block and go to the
|
||||
:guilabel:`Copyright` section of the website builder;
|
||||
#. Set the :guilabel:`Language selector` field to either :guilabel:`Dropdown` or :guilabel:`Inline`.
|
||||
Click :guilabel:`None` if you do not want to display the :guilabel:`Language selector`;
|
||||
|
||||
- Text strings that have already been translated are highlighted in green;
|
||||
- Text strings that need to be translated are highlighted in yellow.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: translate/website-translation-yellow.png
|
||||
:alt: Text to be translated highlighted in yellow
|
||||
|
||||
You can then replace the original text with the translation by clicking the block, editing its
|
||||
contents and saving.
|
||||
|
||||
.. tip::
|
||||
- Once the languages have been installed, you can also translate some items (e.g.,
|
||||
the product's name and description) from the backend (e.g., in the product template). To do so,
|
||||
click the language code (e.g., :guilabel:`EN`) next to the text you want to translate (e.g.,
|
||||
the product name) and add the translation.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: translate/product-translation.png
|
||||
:alt: Translate product-related items.
|
||||
|
||||
- You can also :doc:`export/import translations <../../../../developer/howtos/translations>`
|
||||
to translate multiple items (e.g., product names and descriptions) in one go.
|
||||
|
||||
Language selector menu
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
To add a language selector menu:
|
||||
|
||||
#. Go to your website and click :guilabel:`Edit`.
|
||||
#. Select the block where you want to add the language selector menu (e.g., the header).
|
||||
#. Select the :guilabel:`Customize` tab.
|
||||
#. In the :guilabel:`Navbar` section, set the :guilabel:`Language selector` field to either
|
||||
:guilabel:`Dropdown` or :guilabel:`Inline`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: translate/language-selector.png
|
||||
:alt: Add a language selector menu.
|
||||
.. image:: translate/language-selector.png
|
||||
:alt: Add a language selector menu.
|
||||
|
||||
#. Click :guilabel:`Save`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. tip::
|
||||
You can also add the :guilabel:`Language Selector` to the :guilabel:`Header` of your page. To do
|
||||
so, click the :guilabel:`Header` block and go to the :guilabel:`Navbar` section to edit the
|
||||
:guilabel:`Language Selector`.
|
||||
|
||||
.. _translate/translate:
|
||||
|
||||
Translate your website
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
Select your desired language from the language selector to see your content in another language.
|
||||
Then, click the :guilabel:`Translate` button in the top-right corner to manually activate the
|
||||
translation mode so that you can translate what has not been translated automatically by Odoo.
|
||||
|
||||
Translated text strings are highlighted in green; text strings that were not translated
|
||||
automatically are highlighted in yellow.
|
||||
|
||||
.. image:: translate/translated-text.png
|
||||
:alt: Entering the translation mode
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode, you can only translate text. To change the page's structure, you must edit the master
|
||||
page, i.e., the page in the original language of the database. Any changes made to the master page
|
||||
are automatically applied to all translated versions.
|
||||
|
||||
To replace the original text with the translation, click the block, edit its contents, and save.
|
||||
|
||||
.. note::
|
||||
When a website supports multiple languages, the content is accessible through different URLs,
|
||||
depending on the language selected. For example,
|
||||
`https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1` is the URL to the master page, in English,
|
||||
while `https://www.mywebsite.com/fr_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1` is the URL to the French
|
||||
version of the same page.
|
||||
|
||||
.. tip::
|
||||
Once the desired language is installed, you can translate some items from the backend (e.g., the
|
||||
product's name in the product form). To do so, click the language code (e.g., :guilabel:`EN`) next
|
||||
to the text you want to translate and add the translation.
|
||||
|
||||
Content visibility by language
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
You can hide content (such as images or videos, for example) depending on the language. To do so:
|
||||
|
||||
#. Click :guilabel:`Edit` and select an element of your website;
|
||||
#. Go to the :guilabel:`Text - Image` section and :guilabel:`Visibility`;
|
||||
#. Click :guilabel:`No condition` and select :guilabel:`Conditionally` instead;
|
||||
#. Go to :guilabel:`Languages` to configure the condition(s) to apply by selecting
|
||||
:guilabel:`Visible for` or :guilabel:`Hidden for`, and click :guilabel:`Choose a record` to
|
||||
decide which languages are impacted.
|
||||
|
||||
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 3.5 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 2.5 KiB |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 14 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 3.3 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-30 07:20+0000\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-06-21 15:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
@@ -575,8 +575,8 @@ msgid "Deactivated features"
|
||||
msgstr "الخصائص المعطلة "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/neutralized_database.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Here is a non-exhaustive list of the deactivated parameters:"
|
||||
msgstr "فيما يلي قائمة غير شاملة بالمعايير المعطلة: "
|
||||
msgid "Here is a non-exhaustive list of the deactivated features:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/neutralized_database.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -606,7 +606,11 @@ msgstr "طرق التوصيل "
|
||||
msgid ":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` tokens"
|
||||
msgstr "رموز :abbr:`IAP (عمليات الشراء داخل التطبيق)` "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/neutralized_database.rst:34
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/neutralized_database.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "website visibility (prevent search engines from indexing your site)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/neutralized_database.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**A red banner at the top of the screen is displayed on the neutralized "
|
||||
"database so that it can be seen immediately.**"
|
||||
@@ -6760,9 +6764,9 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:176
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:204
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:235
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:389
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:452
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:325
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:394
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457
|
||||
msgid "Windows"
|
||||
msgstr "Windows"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6781,8 +6785,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:195
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:224
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:267
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:442
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:385
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:447
|
||||
msgid "Linux"
|
||||
msgstr "Linux"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7324,7 +7328,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"الأمر التالي لتثبيت خادم PostgreSQL: "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:412
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:417
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed "
|
||||
"manually in `version 0.12.6 "
|
||||
@@ -7596,9 +7600,9 @@ msgstr "الاستنساخ باستخدام SSH "
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:182
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:209
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:249
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:343
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:401
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:348
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:468
|
||||
msgid "Mac OS"
|
||||
msgstr "Mac OS"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7782,26 +7786,29 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:276
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control "
|
||||
"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/16.0/debian/control>`_ file of the Odoo "
|
||||
"sources."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"بالنسبة للأنظمة المستندة إلى Debian، يتم إدراج الحزم في ملف `debian/control "
|
||||
"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/16.0/debian/control>`_ الخاص بمصادر أودو."
|
||||
" "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:279
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required "
|
||||
"packages:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"في نظام Debian/Ubuntu، يجب أن تقوم الأوامر التالية بتثبيت الحزم المطلوبة: "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control "
|
||||
"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/16.0/debian/control>`_ file and install "
|
||||
"the found packages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:286
|
||||
msgid "Install with pip"
|
||||
msgstr "التثبيت باستخدام pip "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:288
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this "
|
||||
"if you know what you are doing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system "
|
||||
"libraries to be installed."
|
||||
@@ -7809,7 +7816,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"نظراً لأن بعض حزم Python تحتاج إلى خطوة تجميع، فإنها تتطلب تثبيت مكتبات "
|
||||
"النظام. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:291
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required "
|
||||
"libraries:"
|
||||
@@ -7817,7 +7824,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"في نظام Debian/Ubuntu، يجب أن يقوم الأمر التالي بتثبيت هذه المكتبات "
|
||||
"المطلوبة: "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:297
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:302
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at"
|
||||
" the root of the Odoo Community directory."
|
||||
@@ -7825,7 +7832,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"تم إدراج تبعيات أودو في ملف :file:`requirements.txt` الموجود في جذر دليل "
|
||||
"مجتمع أودو. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:301
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:306
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their "
|
||||
"stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo "
|
||||
@@ -7839,9 +7846,9 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"و2.6.0 في Ubuntu Focal. يتم بعد ذلك اختيار الإصدار الأدنى في "
|
||||
":file:`requirements.txt`. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:308
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:349
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:313
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:335
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:354
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different "
|
||||
"instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use "
|
||||
@@ -7852,7 +7859,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"النظام. ومع ذلك، من الممكن استخدام `virtualenv "
|
||||
"<https://pypi.org/project/virtualenv/>`_ لإنشاء بيئات Python معزولة. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:317
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation "
|
||||
"(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install "
|
||||
@@ -7861,7 +7868,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"انتقل إلى مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو (:file:`CommunityPath`) وقم بتشغيل **pip** "
|
||||
"في ملف المتطلبات لتثبيت المتطلبات للمستخدم الحالي. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:322
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:327
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools "
|
||||
"for Visual Studio <https://visualstudio.microsoft.com/downloads/>`_. Select "
|
||||
@@ -7871,8 +7878,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"<https://visualstudio.microsoft.com/downloads/>`_. قم بتحديد **أدوات بناء "
|
||||
"C++** في علامة تبويب **ضغط العمل** وقم بتثبيتها عند المطالبة بذلك. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:326
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:345
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:331
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:350
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the "
|
||||
"root of the Odoo Community directory."
|
||||
@@ -7880,7 +7887,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"يتم إدراج تبعيات أودو في ملف \"requirements.txt\" الموجود في جذر دليل مجتمع "
|
||||
"أودو. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:339
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) "
|
||||
"and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator "
|
||||
@@ -7889,7 +7896,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"انتقل إلى مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو (`CommunityPath`) وقم بتشغيل **pip** على ملف"
|
||||
" المتطلبات في الوحدة الطرفية **مع امتيازات المسؤول**: "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:358
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) "
|
||||
"and run **pip** on the requirements file:"
|
||||
@@ -7897,7 +7904,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"انتقل إلى مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو (`CommunityPath`) وقم بتشغيل **pip** في ملف "
|
||||
"المتطلبات: "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:363
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:368
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew "
|
||||
"<https://brew.sh/>`_, `MacPorts <https://www.macports.org>`_)."
|
||||
@@ -7905,15 +7912,15 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"يجب تثبيت التبعيات لغير Python باستخدام مدير الحزم (`Homebrew "
|
||||
"<https://brew.sh/>`_، `MacPorts <https://www.macports.org>`_). "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:366
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371
|
||||
msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:"
|
||||
msgstr "قم بتنزيل وتثبيت **أدوات بند الأمر**: "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:372
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:377
|
||||
msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies."
|
||||
msgstr "استخدم مدير الحزم لتثبيت التبعيات لغير Python. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:375
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or "
|
||||
"Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required."
|
||||
@@ -7921,21 +7928,21 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"بالنسبة للغات التي تستخدم **واجهة من اليمين إلى اليسار** (مثل العربية أو "
|
||||
"العبرية)، تكون الحزمة `rtlcss` مطلوبة. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:382
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:387
|
||||
msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager."
|
||||
msgstr "قم بتنزيل وتثبيت **nodejs** و**npm** باستخدام مدير الحزم. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:392
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:405
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:410
|
||||
msgid "Install `rtlcss`:"
|
||||
msgstr "قم بتثبيت `rtlcss`: "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:396
|
||||
msgid "Download and install `nodejs <https://nodejs.org/en/download>`_."
|
||||
msgstr "قم بتنزيل وتثبيت `nodejs <https://nodejs.org/en/download>`_. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:398
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:403
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where "
|
||||
"`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: "
|
||||
@@ -7945,7 +7952,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
" (يكون عادةً: "
|
||||
":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\<user>\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`). "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:403
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:408
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew "
|
||||
"<https://brew.sh/>`_, `MacPorts <https://www.macports.org>`_)."
|
||||
@@ -7953,11 +7960,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"قم بتنزيل **nodejs** وتثبيته باستخدام مدير الحزم (`Homebrew "
|
||||
"<https://brew.sh/>`_، `MacPorts <https://www.macports.org>`_). "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:425
|
||||
msgid "Running Odoo"
|
||||
msgstr "تشغيل أودو "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:422
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:427
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-"
|
||||
"bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of"
|
||||
@@ -7966,7 +7973,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"بمجرد أن قد تم إعداد كافة التبعيات، يمكن تشغيل أودو عن طريق تشغيل \"odoo-"
|
||||
"bin\"، وهي واجهة بند الأوامر للخادم. وهو موجود في جذر دليل مجتمع أودو. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:425
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments "
|
||||
"<reference/cmdline/server>` or a :ref:`configuration file "
|
||||
@@ -7975,7 +7982,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"لتهيئة الخادم، حدد إما :ref:`وسائط بند الأوامر <reference/cmdline/server>` "
|
||||
"أو :ref:`ملف التهيئة <reference/cmdline/config>`. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:429
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:434
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the "
|
||||
"`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in "
|
||||
@@ -7985,25 +7992,25 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"للمؤسسات` إلى الوسيطة `addons-path`. لاحظ أنه يجب أن يأتي قبل المسارات "
|
||||
"الأخرى في \"addons-path\" حتى يتم تحميل الوظائف الإضافية بشكل صحيح. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:438
|
||||
msgid "Common necessary configurations are:"
|
||||
msgstr "من التهيئات الضرورية الشائعة: "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:435
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440
|
||||
msgid "PostgreSQL user and password."
|
||||
msgstr "اسم المستخدم وكلمة المرور لـ PostgreSQL "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:436
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441
|
||||
msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"مسارات إضافية مخصصة تتجاوز الإعدادات الافتراضية لتحميل الوحدات المخصصة. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:438
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443
|
||||
msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:"
|
||||
msgstr "الطريقة النموذجية لتشغيل الخادم هي: "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:449
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:470
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:454
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:475
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and "
|
||||
"`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database."
|
||||
@@ -8011,7 +8018,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"حيث `CommunityPath` هو مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو، و`mydb` هو اسم قاعدة بيانات "
|
||||
"PostgreSQL. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:459
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:464
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, "
|
||||
"`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, "
|
||||
@@ -8021,7 +8028,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"PostgreSQL، و`dbpassword` هو كلمة مرور PostgreSQL، و`mydb` هو اسم قاعدة "
|
||||
"بيانات PostgreSQL. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:473
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules "
|
||||
"loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log "
|
||||
@@ -8033,7 +8040,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"الدخول إلى قاعدة بيانات أودو باستخدام حساب المدير الأساسي: استخدم كلمة "
|
||||
"`admin` كالبريد الإلكتروني، ونفس كلمة `admin` ككلمة المرور. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From there, create and manage new :doc:`users "
|
||||
"<../../applications/general/users>`."
|
||||
@@ -8041,7 +8048,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"من هناك، قم بإنشاء وإدارة :doc:`المستخدمين الجدد "
|
||||
"<../../applications/general/users>`. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:479
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:484
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the "
|
||||
":option:`--db_user <odoo-bin -r>` CLI argument."
|
||||
@@ -8049,7 +8056,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"يختلف حساب المستخدِم المستخدَم لتسجيل الدخول إلى واجهة الويب الخاصة بأودو عن"
|
||||
" وسيطة CLI :option:`--db_user <odoo-bin -r>`. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:483
|
||||
#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:488
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin </developer/reference/cli>`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`قائمة وسيطات CLI لـ odoo-bin </developer/reference/cli>` "
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -4,17 +4,17 @@
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2024
|
||||
# Wil Odoo, 2024
|
||||
# Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2024
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 10:38+0000\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-06-21 15:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:31+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2024\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@@ -577,6 +577,542 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`"
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Contacts"
|
||||
msgstr "جهات الاتصال"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Contacts* application comes installed on all Odoo databases. Contacts "
|
||||
"are created for customers the company does business with through Odoo. A "
|
||||
"contact is a repository of vital business information, facilitating "
|
||||
"communication and business transactions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"يتم تثبيت تطبيق *جهات الاتصال* على جميع قواعد بيانات Odoo. يتم إنشاء جهات "
|
||||
"الاتصال للعملاء الذين تتعامل معهم الشركة من خلال Odoo. جهة الاتصال هي مستودع"
|
||||
" للمعلومات التجارية الحيوية، مما يسهل الاتصالات والمعاملات التجارية. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Contact form"
|
||||
msgstr "استمارة التواصل "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a new contact, navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts app`, and "
|
||||
"click :guilabel:`Create`. A new form appears where various contact "
|
||||
"information can be added."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"لإنشاء جهة اتصال جديدة، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق جهات الاتصال`، وانقر"
|
||||
" على :guilabel:`إنشاء`. يظهر نموذج جديد حيث يمكن إضافة معلومات اتصال مختلفة."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Contact type"
|
||||
msgstr "نوع جهة الاتصال "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo allows for both :guilabel:`Individual` and :guilabel:`Company` "
|
||||
"contacts. Select either :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Company`, "
|
||||
"depending on the type of contact that is being added."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"يسمح Odoo بكل من جهات الاتصال :guilabel:`Individual` و :guilabel:`Company`. "
|
||||
"حدد إما :guilabel:`فرد` أو :guilabel:`شركة`، حسب نوع جهة الاتصال التي تتم "
|
||||
"إضافتها. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Name"
|
||||
msgstr "الاسم "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, fill in the name of the :guilabel:`Individual` or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Company`. This is how the name appears throughout the database. "
|
||||
"This field is **mandatory**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"أولاً، قم بملء اسم :guilabel:`فرد` أو :guilabel:`شركة`. هذه هي الطريقة التي "
|
||||
"يظهر بها الاسم في جميع أنحاء قاعدة البيانات. هذا الحقل **إلزامي**. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Individual` contacts can have a :guilabel:`Company` contact "
|
||||
"linked to it. After selecting :guilabel:`Individual`, a new "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Company Name...` field appears below the first name field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:يمكن أن تحتوي جهات الاتصال `الفردية' على جهة اتصال "
|
||||
":guilabel:`شركة` مرتبطة بها. بعد تحديد :guilabel:`فرد`، يظهر حقل جديد "
|
||||
":guilabel:`اسم الشركة...` أسفل حقل الاسم الأول. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Address"
|
||||
msgstr "العنوان "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, enter the :guilabel:`Address` of the :guilabel:`Company` or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Individual`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the :guilabel:`Individual` option is chosen, then the *type of address* "
|
||||
"can be chosen from a drop-down menu. Options for this drop-down menu "
|
||||
"include: :guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Invoice Address`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Delivery Address`, :guilabel:`Other Address`, and "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Private Address`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"إذا تم تحديد الخيار :guilabel:`Individual`، فيمكن اختيار *نوع العنوان* من "
|
||||
"القائمة المنسدلة. تتضمن خيارات هذه القائمة المنسدلة ما يلي: :guilabel:`جهة "
|
||||
"الاتصال`، :guilabel:`عنوان الفاتورة`، :guilabel:`عنوان التسليم`، "
|
||||
":guilabel:`عنوان آخر`، و :guilabel:`عنوان خاص`. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Additional fields"
|
||||
msgstr "الحقول الإضافية "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Additional details are included on the initial form. The following fields "
|
||||
"are available:"
|
||||
msgstr "يتم تضمين تفاصيل إضافية في النموذج الأولي. الحقول التالية متاحة: "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`VAT`: Value Added Tax number."
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`VAT`: رقم ضريبة القيمة المضافة. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Citizen Identification`: citizen or government identification "
|
||||
"number (only available on :guilabel:`Individual`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`تعريف المواطن`: رقم هوية المواطن أو الحكومة (متاح فقط على "
|
||||
":guilabel:`فردي`). "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Job Position`: list the job position of the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Individual` (only available on :guilabel:`Individual`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Job Position`: قم بإدراج المنصب الوظيفي لـ :guilabel:`فرد` (متاح "
|
||||
"فقط على :guilabel:`فرد`). "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Phone`: list phone number (with country code). Make a call, send "
|
||||
"an SMS, or WhatsApp message by hovering over the field on the saved form, "
|
||||
"and clicking the desired option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Phone`: قائمة رقم الهاتف (مع رمز البلد). قم بإجراء مكالمة أو "
|
||||
"إرسال رسالة نصية قصيرة أو رسالة عبر تطبيق WhatsApp من خلال تمرير الماوس فوق "
|
||||
"الحقل الموجود في النموذج المحفوظ، والنقر فوق الخيار المطلوب. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Mobile`: list mobile phone number (with country code). Make a "
|
||||
"call, send an SMS, or WhatsApp message by hovering over the field on the "
|
||||
"saved form, and clicking on the desired option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Mobile`: قائمة رقم الهاتف المحمول (مع رمز البلد). قم بإجراء "
|
||||
"مكالمة أو إرسال رسالة نصية قصيرة أو رسالة عبر تطبيق WhatsApp من خلال تمرير "
|
||||
"الماوس فوق الحقل الموجود في النموذج المحفوظ، والنقر فوق الخيار المطلوب. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the email address with the domain."
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Email`: أدخل عنوان البريد الإلكتروني مع المجال. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Website`: enter the full website address, starting with `http` or"
|
||||
" `https`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`موقع الويب`: أدخل عنوان موقع الويب بالكامل، بدءًا من `http` أو "
|
||||
"`https`. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Title`: select :guilabel:`Doctor`, :guilabel:`Madam`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Miss`, :guilabel:`Mister`, :guilabel:`Professor`, or create a new"
|
||||
" one directly from this field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Title`: حدد :guilabel:`Doctor`، :guilabel:`Madam`، "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Miss`، :guilabel:`Mister`، :guilabel:`Professor`، أو قم بإنشاء "
|
||||
"واحدة جديدة مباشرة من هذا الحقل. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Tags`: enter preconfigured tags by typing them in the field, or "
|
||||
"clicking the drop-down menu, and selecting one. To create a new one, type "
|
||||
"the new tag in the field, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the resulting "
|
||||
"drop-down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`العلامات`: أدخل العلامات التي تم تكوينها مسبقًا عن طريق كتابتها "
|
||||
"في الحقل، أو النقر فوق القائمة المنسدلة، واختيار واحدة. لإنشاء علامة جديدة، "
|
||||
"اكتب العلامة الجديدة في الحقل، ثم انقر فوق :guilabel:`Create` من القائمة "
|
||||
"المنسدلة الناتجة. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Contacts & Addresses tab"
|
||||
msgstr "علامة تبويب جهات الاتصال والعناوين "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the bottom of the contact form are several tabs. On the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, contacts can be added that are "
|
||||
"associated with a :guilabel:`Company` and related addresses. For example, a "
|
||||
"specific contact person for the company can be listed here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"يوجد في الجزء السفلي من نموذج الاتصال عدة علامات تبويب. في علامة التبويب "
|
||||
":guilabel:`جهات الاتصال والعناوين`، يمكن إضافة جهات الاتصال المرتبطة بـ "
|
||||
":guilabel:`الشركة` والعناوين ذات الصلة. على سبيل المثال، يمكن إدراج جهة "
|
||||
"اتصال محددة للشركة هنا. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Multiple addresses can be added on both :guilabel:`Individual` and "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Company` contacts. To do so, click :guilabel:`Add` in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create "
|
||||
"Contact` pop-up form, in which additional addresses can be configured."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"يمكن إضافة عناوين متعددة على كل من جهات الاتصال :guilabel:`Individual` و "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Company`. للقيام بذلك، انقر فوق :guilabel:`إضافة` في علامة "
|
||||
"التبويب :guilabel:`جهات الاتصال والعناوين`. يؤدي القيام بذلك إلى ظهور نموذج "
|
||||
"منبثق :guilabel:`Create Contact`، حيث يمكن تكوين عناوين إضافية. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form."
|
||||
msgstr "أضف جهة اتصال/عنوانًا إلى نموذج الاتصال. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, start by clicking the default"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Other Address` field at the top to reveal a drop-down menu of "
|
||||
"address-related options."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"في النموذج المنبثق :guilabel:`Create Contact`، ابدأ بالنقر فوق الحقل "
|
||||
"الافتراضي :guilabel:`عنوان آخر` في الجزء العلوي للكشف عن قائمة منسدلة "
|
||||
"بالخيارات المتعلقة بالعنوان. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:83
|
||||
msgid "Select any of the following options:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Contact`: adds another contact to the existing contact form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Invoice Address`: adds a specific invoice address to the existing"
|
||||
" contact form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Delivery Address`: adds a specific delivery address to the "
|
||||
"existing contact form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Other Address`: adds an alternate address to the existing contact"
|
||||
" form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Private Address`: adds a private address to the existing contact "
|
||||
"form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once an option is selected, enter the corresponding contact information that"
|
||||
" should be used for the specified address type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"بمجرد تحديد أحد الخيارات، أدخل معلومات الاتصال المقابلة التي يجب استخدامها "
|
||||
"لنوع العنوان المحدد. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Add the :guilabel:`Contact Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`Email`, "
|
||||
"along with the :guilabel:`Phone` and/or :guilabel:`Mobile` numbers below."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"أضف :guilabel:`اسم جهة الاتصال`، :guilabel:`العنوان`، :guilabel:`البريد "
|
||||
"الإلكتروني`، بالإضافة إلى أرقام :guilabel:`الهاتف` و/أو :guilabel:`الجوال` "
|
||||
"أدناه. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Set the :guilabel:`Job Position`, which appears if the :guilabel:`Contact` "
|
||||
"address type has been selected. This is similar to the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Individual` contact."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"قم بتعيين :guilabel:`Job Position`، الذي يظهر إذا تم تحديد نوع عنوان "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Contact`. وهذا مشابه لجهة الاتصال :guilabel:`الفردية`. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a note, click on the text field next to :guilabel:`Notes`, and write "
|
||||
"anything that is applicable to the customer or contact."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"لإضافة ملاحظة، انقر فوق حقل النص بجوار :guilabel:`Notes`، واكتب أي شيء ينطبق"
|
||||
" على العميل أو جهة الاتصال. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:107
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the address, and close the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save "
|
||||
"the address, and immediately input another one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"ثم انقر فوق :guilabel:`حفظ وإغلاق` لحفظ العنوان، وأغلق نافذة "
|
||||
":guilabel:`إنشاء جهة اتصال`. أو انقر فوق :guilabel:`Save & New` لحفظ "
|
||||
"العنوان، وإدخال عنوان آخر على الفور. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:111
|
||||
msgid "Sales & Purchase tab"
|
||||
msgstr "علامة تبويب المبيعات والمشتريات "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:113
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, is the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchases` tab, which only appears when the "
|
||||
"*Sales*, *Purchase*, **or** *Point of Sale* applications are installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"بعد ذلك، هي علامة التبويب :guilabel: `المبيعات والمشتريات`، والتي تظهر فقط "
|
||||
"عند تثبيت تطبيقات *Sales* أو *Purchase* أو **أو** *Point of Sale*. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be set on the :guilabel:`Sales & "
|
||||
"Purchases` tab. Select a :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` from the drop-down "
|
||||
"menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"يمكن تعيين :guilabel:`المركز المالي` في علامة التبويب :guilabel:`المبيعات "
|
||||
"والمشتريات`. حدد :guilabel:`الوضع المالي` من القائمة المنسدلة. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:120
|
||||
msgid "Sales section"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the :guilabel:`Sales` heading, a specific :guilabel:`Salesperson` can "
|
||||
"be assigned to a contact. To do that, click the :guilabel:`Salesperson` "
|
||||
"drop-down field, and select one. Create a new :guilabel:`Salesperson` by "
|
||||
"typing the user's name, and making the appropriate selection."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:126
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Certain :guilabel:`Payment Terms`, or a certain :guilabel:`Pricelist`, can "
|
||||
"also be set, if needed. Click the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Payment "
|
||||
"Terms`, and change it to one of the preselected :guilabel:`Payment Terms`, "
|
||||
"or :guilabel:`Create` a new one. Select the :guilabel:`Pricelist` drop-down "
|
||||
"menu to choose the appropriate :guilabel:`Pricelist`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click into the :guilabel:`Delivery Method` field to select an option from "
|
||||
"the drop-down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:134
|
||||
msgid "Point Of Sale section"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:136
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the :guilabel:`Point Of Sale` heading, enter a :guilabel:`Barcode` "
|
||||
"that can be used to identify the contact. Use the :guilabel:`Loyalty Points`"
|
||||
" field to track points the user won as part of a *Loyalty Program*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:141
|
||||
msgid "Purchase section"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:143
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Specify :guilabel:`Payment Terms`, :guilabel:`1099 Box` information, and a "
|
||||
"preferred :guilabel:`Payment Method` here. A :guilabel:`Receipt Reminder` "
|
||||
"can be set here, as well."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:147
|
||||
msgid "Misc section"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:149
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the :guilabel:`Misc.` heading, use :guilabel:`Reference` field to add "
|
||||
"any additional information for this contact. If this contact should only be "
|
||||
"accessible for one company in a multi-company database, select it from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Company` field drop-down list. Use the :guilabel:`Website` drop-"
|
||||
"down menu to restrict the publishing of this contact to one website (if "
|
||||
"working on a database with multiple websites). Select one or more "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Website Tags` to assist in filtering published customers on the "
|
||||
"`/customers` website page. Select an :guilabel:`Industry` for this contact "
|
||||
"from the drop-down menu. Use the :guilabel:`SLA Policies` field to assign a "
|
||||
"*Helpdesk* SLA policy to this contact."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:159
|
||||
msgid "Accounting tab"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:161
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Accounting` tab appears when the *Accounting* application is "
|
||||
"installed. Here, a user can add any related :guilabel:`Bank Accounts`, or "
|
||||
"set default :guilabel:`Accounting entries`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:164
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` heading, use the :guilabel:`LEI` field "
|
||||
"to enter a Legal Entity Identifier, if necessary."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:168
|
||||
msgid "Internal Notes tab"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:170
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Following the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab is the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` "
|
||||
"tab, where notes can be left on this contact form, just like on the contact "
|
||||
"form noted above."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:174
|
||||
msgid "Partner Assignment tab"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next is the :guilabel:`Partner Assignment` tab, which by default, includes a"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Geolocation` section, and other partner options, including "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Partner Activation` and :guilabel:`Partner Review` "
|
||||
"configurations. These are **only** present when the *Enterprise Resellers* "
|
||||
"module is installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:182
|
||||
msgid "Membership tab"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:184
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Finally, there is the :guilabel:`Membership` tab, which can help users "
|
||||
"manage any memberships that are being offered to this specific contact. It "
|
||||
"should be noted that this tab only appears when the *Members* applications "
|
||||
"is installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:189
|
||||
msgid "Smart buttons"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:191
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the top of the contact form, there are some additional options available,"
|
||||
" known as *smart buttons*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:194
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here, Odoo displays a variety of records, related to this contact, that were"
|
||||
" created on other apps. Odoo integrates information from every single app, "
|
||||
"so there are many smart buttons."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:198
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For example, there is an :guilabel:`Opportunities` smart button, where all "
|
||||
"the opportunities related to this customer from the *CRM* app are "
|
||||
"accessible."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:202
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the corresponding applications are installed, their related smart buttons"
|
||||
" appear automatically on a contact form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:205
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A user can see any :guilabel:`Meetings`, :guilabel:`Sales`, :guilabel:`POS "
|
||||
"Orders`, :guilabel:`Subscriptions`, project :guilabel:`Tasks`, and the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`More` smart button reveals additional options, via a drop-down "
|
||||
"menu. A user can even quickly access :guilabel:`Purchases`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Helpdesk` tasks, :guilabel:`On-time Rate` for deliveries, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Invoiced` information, :guilabel:`Vendor Bills`, and the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Partner Ledger` connected to this contact."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:211
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Deliveries, documents, loyalty cards, and direct debits are *also* linked to"
|
||||
" smart buttons, like this, should there be any outstanding/on-file for this "
|
||||
"contact."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:214
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the contact is a partner, the user can visit their partner page on the "
|
||||
"Odoo-built website by clicking the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:218
|
||||
msgid "Archive contacts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:220
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a user decides they no longer want to have this contact active, the "
|
||||
"record can be archived. To do that, go to the :icon:`fa-cog` "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Action` menu at the top of the contact form, and click "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Archive`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:224
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, click :guilabel:`OK` from the resulting :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-"
|
||||
"up window."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:226
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With this contact successfully archived, as indicated by a banner at the "
|
||||
"top, they do not show up in the main contacts page, but they can still be "
|
||||
"searched for with the :guilabel:`Archived` filter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:230
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A contact can be *unarchived*, if the user decides to work with them again. "
|
||||
"To do that, just click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Action` menu again at "
|
||||
"the top of the archived contact form, and click :guilabel:`Unarchive`. Upon "
|
||||
"doing so, the :guilabel:`Archived` banner is removed, and the contact is "
|
||||
"restored."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:236
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`Add different addresses in CRM "
|
||||
"<../sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:237
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Odoo's eLearning Contacts tutorial "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/contacts-2527?fullscreen=1>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Export and import data"
|
||||
msgstr "استيراد وتصدير البيانات "
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2362,6 +2362,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons "
|
||||
"<reconciliation/button>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"يمكن أن تتم مطابقة المعاملات تلقائياً باستخدام :doc:`نماذج "
|
||||
"التسوية<reconciliation_models>`، أو يمكن مطابقتها مع :ref:`القيود الموجودة "
|
||||
"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`المدفوعات المجمعة "
|
||||
"<reconciliation/batch-payments >`, :ref:`العمليات اليدوية "
|
||||
"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`، و :ref:`أزرار نموذج "
|
||||
"التسوية<reconciliation/button>`. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions."
|
||||
@@ -2376,6 +2382,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons "
|
||||
"<reconciliation/button>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"قم بتحديد النظير. هناك عدة خيارات لتحديد النظير، بما في ذلك :ref:`مطابقة "
|
||||
"القيود الموجودة <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`العمليات اليدوية "
|
||||
"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`المدفوعات المجمعة "
|
||||
"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`، و:ref:`أزرار نموذج التسوية "
|
||||
"<reconciliation/button>`. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -2428,6 +2439,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, with suggested entries"
|
||||
" appearing first."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"تحتوي علامة التبويب هذه على قيود مطابقة يقوم أودو بتحديدها تلقائياً بشكل "
|
||||
"مسبق وفقاً لنماذج التسوية. يعتمد ترتيب القيد على :doc:`نماذج "
|
||||
"التسوية<reconciliation_models>`، وتظهر القيود المقترحة أولاً. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -2500,10 +2514,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in "
|
||||
"combination with existing entries."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"استخدم زر :doc:`نموذج التسوية` <reconciliation_models>للعمليات اليدوية التي "
|
||||
"يتم استخدامها بشكل متكرر. تسمح لك هذه الأزرار المخصصة بتسوية المعاملات "
|
||||
"البنكية يدوياً بسرعة ويمكن استخدامها أيضاً مع القيود الموجودة. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Reconciliation models"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "نماذج التسوية "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -2528,7 +2545,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Reconciliation model types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "أنواع نموذج التسوية "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -2794,7 +2811,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/essentials/export_import_data`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`/applications/essentials/export_import_data`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "Register bank transactions manually"
|
||||
@@ -15093,6 +15110,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?bundleId=dqa1657870670369_dqa1657870670369&topicId=Tell_us_where_you_collect_and_pay_tax.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"`Tell us where the company collects and pays tax "
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?bundleId=dqa1657870670369_dqa1657870670369&topicId=Tell_us_where_you_collect_and_pay_tax.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -15100,6 +15120,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?bundleId=dqa1657870670369_dqa1657870670369&topicId=Verify_your_jurisdictions_and_activate_your_company.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"`Verify jurisdictions and activate the company "
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?bundleId=dqa1657870670369_dqa1657870670369&topicId=Verify_your_jurisdictions_and_activate_your_company.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -15108,6 +15131,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"item?bundleId=dqa1657870670369_dqa1657870670369&topicId=Add_other_company_locations_for_location-"
|
||||
"based_filing.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"`Add other company locations for location-based filing "
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?bundleId=dqa1657870670369_dqa1657870670369&topicId=Add_other_company_locations_for_location-"
|
||||
"based_filing.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -15115,16 +15142,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?bundleId=dqa1657870670369_dqa1657870670369&topicId=Add_marketplace_transactions_to_your_company_profile.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"`Add a marketplace to the company profile "
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?bundleId=dqa1657870670369_dqa1657870670369&topicId=Add_marketplace_transactions_to_your_company_profile.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "Connect to AvaTax"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Connect to AvaTax"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. "
|
||||
"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"After creating the basic company profile in Avalara, connect to *AvaTax*. "
|
||||
"This step links Odoo and *AvaTax* bidirectionally."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -15132,6 +15164,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" or `production <https://admin.avalara.com/>`_ environment. This will depend"
|
||||
" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox <https://sandbox.admin.avalara.com/>`_"
|
||||
" or `production <https://admin.avalara.com/>`_ environment. This will depend"
|
||||
" on which type of Avalara account the company would like to integrate."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -15139,12 +15174,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<https://knowledge.avalara.com/bundle/fzc1692293626742/page/sandbox-vs-"
|
||||
"production.html>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"`Sandbox vs production environments in Avalara "
|
||||
"<https://knowledge.avalara.com/bundle/fzc1692293626742/page/sandbox-vs-"
|
||||
"production.html>`_."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||||
" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Log in to create the :guilabel:`License Key`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||||
" --> License and API Keys`. Click :guilabel:`Generate License Key`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -15152,6 +15192,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the "
|
||||
"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"A warning appears stating: `If your business app is connected to Avalara "
|
||||
"solutions, the connection will be broken until you update the app with the "
|
||||
"new license key. This action cannot be undone.`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16493,6 +16536,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<https://admin.avalara.com/>`_ environment. This will depend on which type "
|
||||
"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Additional jurisdictions (tax locations) can be added in the Avalara "
|
||||
"management console. Navigate to either Avalara's `sandbox "
|
||||
"<https://sandbox.admin.avalara.com/>`_ or `production "
|
||||
"<https://admin.avalara.com/>`_ environment. This will depend on which type "
|
||||
"of account was set in the :doc:`integration <../avatax>`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:198
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16503,6 +16551,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company "
|
||||
"collects sales and use tax."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Where you collect tax`. "
|
||||
"Choose between the three different tabs, depending on the business need. The"
|
||||
" first tab is :guilabel:`Sales and use tax`, where tax can be collected for "
|
||||
"the United States. Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add to where you "
|
||||
"collect sales and use tax` to add another location where the company "
|
||||
"collects sales and use tax."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:203
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16511,6 +16565,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects "
|
||||
"VAT/GST."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"The second option, is the :guilabel:`VAT/GST` tab where the :icon:`fa-plus` "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Add a country or territory where you collect VAT/GST` can be "
|
||||
"selected to add another country or territory where the company collects "
|
||||
"VAT/GST."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:207
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16519,12 +16577,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs "
|
||||
"duty` icon below the tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Finally, on the far-right, is the :guilabel:`Customs duty` tab, where a "
|
||||
"country can be added where the company collects customs duty. Simply click "
|
||||
"on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a country where you calculate customs "
|
||||
"duty` icon below the tab."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n"
|
||||
"sales and use tax tab highlighted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"AvaTax management console, on the Where you collect tax page, with the add button and\n"
|
||||
"sales and use tax tab highlighted."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:217
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16532,10 +16596,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?language=en_US&bundleId=bla1700809896571_bla1700809896571&topicId=nbw1698727575499.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"`See Avalara's documentation: Add local jurisdiction taxes "
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?language=en_US&bundleId=bla1700809896571_bla1700809896571&topicId=nbw1698727575499.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:221
|
||||
msgid "Tax exemption certificate"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Tax exemption certificate"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:223
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16546,6 +16613,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an "
|
||||
"exemption."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Tax exemption certificates for customers can be added into the Avalara "
|
||||
"management console, so that *AvaTax* is aware of which customers may be "
|
||||
"exempt from paying certain taxes. To add an *exception certificate* navigate"
|
||||
" to :menuselection:`Exemptions --> Customer certificates`. From there, click"
|
||||
" on the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a certificate` to configure an "
|
||||
"exemption."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:229
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16555,10 +16628,15 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?language=en_US&bundleId=hff1682048150115_hff1682048150115&topicId=fol1682356576230.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"An Avalara subscription to Exemption Certificate Management (ECM) is "
|
||||
"required in order to attach certificate images, and to be ready for an "
|
||||
"audit. For more on subscribing to this add-on, visit `Avalara "
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?language=en_US&bundleId=hff1682048150115_hff1682048150115&topicId=fol1682356576230.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:235
|
||||
msgid "End-of-year operations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "End-of-year operations"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:237
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16569,10 +16647,16 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* "
|
||||
"portal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Avalara's services include tax return services, for when it is time to file "
|
||||
"taxes at the end of the year. To access Avalara's tax services log, into the"
|
||||
" `management portal <https://admin.avalara.com/>`_. Then, from the main "
|
||||
"dashboard, click :guilabel:`Returns`. Avalara will prompt the Avalara user "
|
||||
"to log in for security purposes, and redirect the user to the *Returns* "
|
||||
"portal."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Avalara portal with the returns shortcut highlighted."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:247
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16581,25 +16665,31 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?language=en_US&bundleId=hps1656397152776_hps1656397152776&topicId=Learn_about_Managed_Returns.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Click :guilabel:`Get started` to begin the tax return process. For more "
|
||||
"information, refer to this Avalara documentation: `About Managed Returns "
|
||||
"<https://community.avalara.com/support/s/document-"
|
||||
"item?language=en_US&bundleId=hps1656397152776_hps1656397152776&topicId=Learn_about_Managed_Returns.html&_LANG=enus>`_."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:252
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu "
|
||||
"of the Avalara management console."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Alternatively, click on the :menuselection:`Returns` button in the top menu "
|
||||
"of the Avalara management console."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:256
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:159
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../avatax`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../avatax`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avalara_portal.rst:257
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`avatax_use`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`avatax_use`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "AvaTax use"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "AvaTax use"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16607,6 +16697,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is "
|
||||
"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"AvaTax is a tax calculation software that can be integrated with Odoo in the"
|
||||
" United States and Canada. Once the :doc:`integration setup <../avatax>` is "
|
||||
"complete, the calculated tax is simple and automatic."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Tax calculation"
|
||||
@@ -16619,18 +16712,26 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` "
|
||||
"button while these documents are in draft mode."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with AvaTax by"
|
||||
" confirming the documents during the sales flow. Alternatively, calculate "
|
||||
"the taxes manually by clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` "
|
||||
"button while these documents are in draft mode."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button recalculates "
|
||||
"taxes if any product lines are edited on the invoice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button recalculates "
|
||||
"taxes if any product lines are edited on the invoice."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes using AvaTax buttons "
|
||||
"highlighted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Sales quotation with the confirm and compute taxes using AvaTax buttons "
|
||||
"highlighted."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16638,58 +16739,65 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"trigger <avatax/automatic-triggers>` and :ref:`manual trigger "
|
||||
"<avatax/manual-triggers>` circumstances."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"The tax calculation is triggered during the following :ref:`automatic "
|
||||
"trigger <avatax/automatic-triggers>` and :ref:`manual trigger "
|
||||
"<avatax/manual-triggers>` circumstances."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Automatic triggers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Automatic triggers"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` "
|
||||
"button (pop-up)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"When the sales rep sends the quote by email with :guilabel:`Send by email` "
|
||||
"button (pop-up)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "When the customer views the online quote on the portal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "When the customer views the online quote on the portal."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "When a quote is confirmed and becomes a sales order."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "When the customer views the invoice on the portal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "When the customer views the invoice on the portal."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "When a draft invoice is validated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "When a draft invoice is validated."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "When the customer views the subscription in the portal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "When the customer views the subscription in the portal."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "When a subscription generates an invoice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "When a subscription generates an invoice."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "When the customer gets to the last screen of the eCommerce checkout."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Manual triggers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Manual triggers"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button at the bottom of the quote."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button at the bottom of the quote."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button at the top of the invoice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button at the top of the invoice."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16698,6 +16806,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of "
|
||||
"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Partner Code` field that is available on customer"
|
||||
" records, quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and "
|
||||
"AvaTax. This field is located under the :menuselection:`Other info` tab of "
|
||||
"the sales order or quotation in the :guilabel:`Sales` section."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16705,21 +16817,26 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara "
|
||||
"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"On the customer record, navigate to *Contacts app* and select a contact. "
|
||||
"Then open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab and the :guilabel:`Avalara "
|
||||
"Partner Code` under the :guilabel:`Sales` section."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also "
|
||||
"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (AvaTax)` fiscal position is also "
|
||||
"applied on those Odoo documents, like subscriptions."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:63
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:163
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`../fiscal_positions`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "AvaTax synchronization"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "AvaTax synchronization"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16727,12 +16844,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software "
|
||||
"developer)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Synchronization occurs with AvaTax, when the *invoice* is created in Odoo. "
|
||||
"This means the sales tax is recorded with Avalara (AvaTax software "
|
||||
"developer)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. "
|
||||
"Select a quotation from the list."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. "
|
||||
"Select a quotation from the list."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16741,6 +16863,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment "
|
||||
"(fixed amount)`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"After confirming a quotation and validating the delivery, click "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Create Invoice`. Indicate whether it is a :guilabel:`Regular "
|
||||
"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment "
|
||||
"(fixed amount)`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16749,16 +16875,22 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery "
|
||||
"Address`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Then click :guilabel:`Create and view invoice`. The recorded taxes can be "
|
||||
"seen in the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of the invoice. There will be "
|
||||
"different taxes depending on the location of the :guilabel:`Delivery "
|
||||
"Address`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Journal items highlighted on a invoice in Odoo."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and "
|
||||
"synchronize with the AvaTax portal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Finally, press the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to complete the invoice and "
|
||||
"synchronize with the AvaTax portal."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16767,10 +16899,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: "
|
||||
":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"An invoice cannot be :guilabel:`Reset to draft` because this causes de-"
|
||||
"synchronization with the AvaTax Portal. Instead, click :guilabel:`Add credit"
|
||||
" note` and state: `Sync with AvaTax Portal`. See this documentation: "
|
||||
":doc:`../../../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:95
|
||||
msgid "Fixed price discounts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Fixed price discounts"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:97
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16779,11 +16915,16 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To recalculate the"
|
||||
" taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Add a fixed price discount to a valuable customer by click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||||
"line` on the customer's invoice. Add the product discount and set the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Price` to either a positive or negative value. To recalculate the"
|
||||
" taxes, click :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Tax calculation can even be done on negative subtotals and credit notes."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:105
|
||||
msgid "Logging"
|
||||
@@ -16795,24 +16936,33 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the "
|
||||
"*AvaTax* settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"It is possible to log Avalara/*AvaTax* actions in Odoo for further analysis,"
|
||||
" or verification of functionality. Logging is accessible through the "
|
||||
"*AvaTax* settings."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"To start logging *AvaTax* actions, first, navigate to the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:113
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` "
|
||||
"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, under the :guilabel:`AvaTax` "
|
||||
"settings, click :guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions "
|
||||
"performed in the database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Upon starting the log process, Odoo will log all Avalara/*AvaTax* actions "
|
||||
"performed in the database."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:118
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16820,54 +16970,61 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of "
|
||||
"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"To view the logs, click on :guilabel:`Show logs` to the right of the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Start logging for 30 minutes`. This reveals a detailed list of "
|
||||
"Avalara/*AvaTax* actions. This list is sortable by the following columns:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Created on`: timestamp of the *AvaTax* calculation."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Created by`: numeric value of the user in the database."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:124
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Database name`: name of the database."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:125
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Type`: two values can be chosen for this field, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Server` or :guilabel:`Client`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:127
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Name`: Avalara service name. In this case, it will be *AvaTax*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:128
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Level`: by default, this will be `INFO`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Path`: indicates the path taken to make the calculation."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Line`: indicates the line the calculation is made on."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Function`: indicates the calculation taken on the line."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Avalara logging page with top row of list highlighted."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:137
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Click into the log line to reveal another field, called :guilabel:`Message`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:139
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16875,6 +17032,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* "
|
||||
"API."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"This field populates a raw transcription of the transaction, which involves "
|
||||
"the creation (or adjustment) of a sales invoice using the Avalara *AvaTax* "
|
||||
"API."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:142
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16882,12 +17042,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, "
|
||||
"and other relevant information."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"The transaction includes details, such as addresses for shipping from and "
|
||||
"to, line items describing the products or services, tax codes, tax amounts, "
|
||||
"and other relevant information."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:145
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different "
|
||||
"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Message` contains the calculated taxes for different "
|
||||
"jurisdictions and confirms the creation (or adjustment) of the transaction."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:149
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16896,6 +17061,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens "
|
||||
"Odoo *Studio*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Custom fields can be made using Odoo *Studio*. Click the :icon:`fa-"
|
||||
"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` menu to the far-right of the header row. "
|
||||
"Then click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add custom field`. This action opens "
|
||||
"Odoo *Studio*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:154
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -16904,10 +17073,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See "
|
||||
"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Odoo *Studio* requires a *custom* pricing plan. Consult the database's "
|
||||
"customer success manager for more information on switching plans. Or to see "
|
||||
"if Odoo *Studio* is included in the database's current pricing plan. See "
|
||||
"this documentation: :doc:`../../../../studio`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax/avatax_use.rst:160
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`avalara_portal`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`avalara_portal`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Cash basis taxes"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3163,7 +3163,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Activity types"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "أنواع الأنشطة "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 10:38+0000\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-06-21 15:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2024\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
@@ -1457,14 +1457,14 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Documents basics "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/documents-basics-674>`_"
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/documents-basics-6841?fullscreen=1>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Using Documents with your Accounting App "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-documents-with-your-accounting-"
|
||||
"app-675?fullscreen=1#>`_"
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/accounting-integration-and-workflow-"
|
||||
"actions-6853?fullscreen=1>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:17
|
||||
@@ -6559,10 +6559,13 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to "
|
||||
"open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers the company's "
|
||||
"area, along with the areas the company's users wish to call."
|
||||
"To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/en/contact/>`_ "
|
||||
"to open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers the company's"
|
||||
" area, along with the areas the company's users wish to call."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/en/contact/>`_ "
|
||||
"to open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers the company's"
|
||||
" area, along with the areas the company's users wish to call."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Translators:
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
|
||||
# Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2024
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2024\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Settings"
|
||||
msgstr "الإعدادات"
|
||||
msgstr "الإعدادات "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Users and Features"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "المستخدمين والخصائص "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
|
||||
"in use."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"بصفتك مدير قاعدة البيانات، أنت مسؤول عن استخدامها. يشمل ذلك التطبيقات التي "
|
||||
"تقوم بثبيتها بالإضافة إلى عدد المستخدمين النشطين في الوقت الحالي. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -44,6 +46,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
|
||||
"paying one on our online platform)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"أودو هو العديد من الأشياء (برنامج لتخطيط موارد المؤسسات، نظام إدارة محتوى، "
|
||||
"تطبيق لإدارة علاقات العملاء، واجهة خلفية للتجارة الإلكترونية، إلخ..)، ولكنه "
|
||||
"*ليس* هاتفاً ذكياً. عليك توخي الحذر عند إضافة/إزالة الخصائص (خصوصاً "
|
||||
"التطبيقات) في قاعدة بياناتك، حيث قد يؤثر ذلك على تكلفة اشتراكك بشكل كبير (أو"
|
||||
" قد يؤدي إلى انتقالك من الحساب المجاني إلى الحساب المدفوع على منصتنا عبر "
|
||||
"الإنترنت). "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -52,6 +60,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
|
||||
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"تحتوي هذه الصفحة على معلومات حول كيفية إدارة مثيلات أودو الخاصة بك. قبل "
|
||||
"القيام بتلك العمليات، نوصي **بشدة** اختبارها أولاً على نسخة من قاعدة "
|
||||
"البيانات. بهذه الطريقة، إذا حدث خطأ ما، لن يتأثر عملك الجاري بذلك الخطأ. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -59,6 +70,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
|
||||
"installations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"ستجد الدلائل التي توضح كيفية إنشاء نسخة مطابقة لقاعدة البيانات لكل من إصداري"
|
||||
" أودو :ref:`أونلاين <duplicate_online>` و :ref:`الاستضافة الذاتية "
|
||||
"<duplicate_premise>`. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -66,35 +80,42 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
|
||||
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"إذا كانت لديك أسئلة حول محتوى هذه الصفحة أو إذا واجهتك مشكلة أثناء تنفيذ هذه"
|
||||
" الإجراءات، فلا تتردد في التواصل معنا عن طريق `استمارة الدعم "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Deactivating Users"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "تعطيل المستخدمين "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
|
||||
"change the status of any of your users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"تأكد من أنك تملك **صلاحيات الوصول الإدارية** الكافية إذا كنت ترغب في تغيير "
|
||||
"حالة أي من المستخدمين لديك. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
|
||||
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"في مثيل أودو الخاص بك،قم بالضغط على **الإعدادات**. سيكون لديك قسم يُظهِر "
|
||||
"المستخدمين النشطين في قاعدة بياناتك. اضغط على **إدارة المستخدمين.** "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "|settings|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "|settings|"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "|browse_users|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "|browse_users|"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "سترى عندها قائمة بمستخدميك. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -102,6 +123,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
|
||||
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"يُظهر فلتر *المستخدمين الداخليين* المحدد مسبقًا المستخدمين المدفوعين "
|
||||
"(يختلفون عن *مستخدمي البوابة* المجانيين). إذا قمت بإزالة هذا الفلتر، فستحصل "
|
||||
"على كافة المستخدمين (المستخدمين المدفوعين ومستخدمي البوابة) "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -109,18 +133,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click "
|
||||
"on Archive."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"في قائمة المستخدمين الخاصة بك،قم بالضغط على المستخدم الذي ترغب في تعطيله. "
|
||||
"بمجرد دخولك إلى استمارة المستخدم، قم بالضغط على القائمة المنسدلة \"إجراء\"،"
|
||||
" ثم اضغط على \"أرشفة\". "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "تم تعطيل المستخدم. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "لا تقم **مطلقًا** بتعطيل المستخدم الرئيسي (*admin*) "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "إلغاء تثبيت التطبيقات "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -128,6 +155,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
|
||||
" installing/uninstalling apps)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"تأكد أولاً من اختبار ما أنت على وشك القيام به على :ref:`نسخة مطابقة لقاعدة "
|
||||
"البيانات <duplicate_online>` قبل إجراء أي تغييرات (*خاصة* تثبيت/إلغاء تثبيت "
|
||||
"التطبيقات). "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -135,10 +165,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
|
||||
" access the list of your installed applications."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"في مثيل أودو الخاص بك، قم بالضغط على **الإعدادات**؛ ستتمكن في هذا التطبيق من"
|
||||
" معرفة عدد التطبيقات التي قمت بتثبيتها. اضغط على **تصفح التطبيقات** للوصول "
|
||||
"إلى قائمة التطبيقات المثبتة لديك. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
|
||||
msgid "|browse_apps|"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "|browse_apps|"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -146,6 +179,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
|
||||
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"في لوحة بيانات تطبيقاتك، سترى كافة أيقونات تطبيقاتك. قم بالضغط على التطبيق "
|
||||
"الذي ترغب في إلغاء تثبيته، ثم اضفط على **إلغاء التثبيت** في استمارة التطبيق."
|
||||
" "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -156,19 +192,25 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
|
||||
" click **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"تحتوي بعض التطبيقات على تطبيقات معتمدة عليها، مثل الفوترة والمتجر الإلكتروني"
|
||||
" وما إلى ذلك. لذلك، سيعرض النظام رسالة تحذيرية لإعلامك بما هو على وشك أن تتم"
|
||||
" إزالته. إذا قمت بإلغاء تثبيت تطبيقك، فسيتم إلغاء تثبيت كافة التطبيقات "
|
||||
"المعتمدة عليه أيضاً (وستختفي البيانات الموجودة فيه نهائياً). إذا كنت متأكداً"
|
||||
" من أنك لا تزال ترغب في إلغاء تثبيته، فانقر فوق **تأكيد**. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"أخيراً، بعد التحقق من رسالة التحذير (إن وجدت)، اضغط على زر **تأكيد**. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101
|
||||
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "لقد انتهيت من إلغاء تثبيت التطبيق الخاص بك."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "Good to know"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "من الجيد معرفته "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -179,6 +221,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
|
||||
"operations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**إلغاء تثبيت التطبيقات وإدارة المستخدمين وما إلى ذلك أمر متروك لك**: لا "
|
||||
"يمكن لأي شخص آخر معرفة ما إذا كان سير أعمالك معطلاً أفضل منك. إذا أردنا "
|
||||
"إلغاء تثبيت التطبيقات لك، فلن نتمكن أبدًا من معرفة ما إذا كانت البيانات ذات "
|
||||
"الصلة قد تمت إزالتها أو ما إذا كان أحد تدفقات أعمالك معطلاً لأننا *لا نعرف "
|
||||
"كيف تعمل* وبالتالي لا يمكننا التحقق من صحة هذه الأنواع من العمليات. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -189,6 +236,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
|
||||
"to work properly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**تحتوي تطبيقات Odoo على تبعيات**: هذا يعني أنك قد تحتاج إلى تثبيت وحدات لا "
|
||||
"تستخدمها بشكل نشط للوصول إلى بعض ميزات Odoo التي قد تحتاجها. على سبيل "
|
||||
"المثال، يلزم وجود تطبيق Website Builder لتتمكن من عرض أسعاره لعميلك في صفحة "
|
||||
"ويب. على الرغم من أنك قد لا تحتاج إلى موقع الويب نفسه أو تستخدمه، إلا أنه "
|
||||
"ضروري لكي تعمل ميزة عروض الأسعار عبر الإنترنت بشكل صحيح. "
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -196,3 +248,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
|
||||
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"**اختبر دائمًا تثبيت/إزالة التطبيق على نسخة مكررة** (أو على قاعدة بيانات "
|
||||
"تجريبية مجانية): وبهذه الطريقة يمكنك معرفة التطبيقات الأخرى التي قد تكون "
|
||||
"مطلوبة، وما إلى ذلك. سيؤدي هذا إلى تجنب المفاجآت عند إلغاء التثبيت أو عند "
|
||||
"استلام فواتيرك. "
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-30 07:20+0000\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-06-21 15:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2024\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
|
||||
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`"
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
@@ -877,14 +877,12 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:36
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -908,37 +906,37 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"labels."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials`"
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials`"
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:54
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels`"
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels`"
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:55
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:57
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:203
|
||||
msgid "Website availability"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:57
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Shipping methods can be made available on **specific** websites *only*, if "
|
||||
"desired. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> "
|
||||
@@ -948,11 +946,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"available on *all* websites."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:63
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "Delivery method at checkout"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:65
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Customers can choose the shipping method at the end of the checkout process,"
|
||||
" at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step."
|
||||
@@ -1353,6 +1351,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"in stock."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "Returns and refunds"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@@ -6019,140 +6029,89 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Cookies are small text files sent to your device when you visit a website. "
|
||||
"They are processed and stored by your browser and contain information about "
|
||||
"your visit, such as login data, location, language, etc. There are two main "
|
||||
"types of cookies:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Essential cookies, which are necessary for the website to function properly;"
|
||||
"**Cookies** are small text files sent to your device when you visit a "
|
||||
"website. They are processed and stored by your browser and track user "
|
||||
"information like login details, preferences, and browsing history. "
|
||||
"**Essential cookies** are necessary for the website to function, while "
|
||||
"**optional cookies** are used to analyze behavior or display ads."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Non-essential or optional cookies, which are used to analyze your behavior "
|
||||
"or display advertisements."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Example of a cookies bar with the popup layout."
|
||||
"Data protection laws require notifying users about data collection methods "
|
||||
"and purposes. **Cookies bar** fulfill this obligation by informing users on "
|
||||
"their first visit and allowing them to decide whether to store all or only "
|
||||
"essential cookies on their device."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Notifying users about data collection, as well as its methods and purposes, "
|
||||
"is required by data protection laws such as `GDPR <https://gdpr.eu>`_. "
|
||||
"Cookies bars are commonly used to fulfill this obligation in a user-friendly"
|
||||
" and transparent manner. They are displayed immediately upon a user's first "
|
||||
"visit to inform them that the website uses cookies and let them decide "
|
||||
"whether they want to store non-essential cookies on their device."
|
||||
"To enable the cookies bar on your website, go to :menuselection:`Website -->"
|
||||
" Configuration --> Settings` and enable :guilabel:`Cookies Bar` in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Privacy` section."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Notifying users about data collection, as well as its methods and purposes, "
|
||||
"is required by data protection laws such as `GDPR <https://gdpr.eu>`_. "
|
||||
"Cookies bars are commonly used to fulfill this obligation in a user-friendly"
|
||||
" and transparent manner. They are displayed immediately upon a user's first "
|
||||
"visit to inform them that the website uses cookies and let them decide "
|
||||
"whether they want to store non-essential cookies on their device."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To enable the cookies bar on your Odoo website, go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration` and enable :guilabel:`Cookies "
|
||||
"Bar` in the :guilabel:`Privacy` section."
|
||||
"The :ref:`Cookies Policy <cookies-bar/policy>` page (/cookie-policy`) is "
|
||||
"automatically created when you enable the cookies bar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Customization"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can :ref:`customize the appearance of your cookies bar <cookies-"
|
||||
"bar/customization>` and :ref:`edit the content of the related Cookie Policy "
|
||||
"page <cookies-bar/policy>`."
|
||||
"To adapt the display of the cookies bar, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Invisible Elements` section at the bottom of the panel, and click"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Cookies Bar`. You can modify the :guilabel:`Layout` and "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Size` of the cookies bar, and enable :guilabel:`Backdrop` to gray"
|
||||
" out the page in the background when the cookies bar is displayed on the "
|
||||
"screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Customization"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To adapt the display of the cookies bar, click :guilabel:`Edit` and select "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Cookies Bar` building block in the :guilabel:`Invisible "
|
||||
"Elements` at the bottom of the panel. Customize it using the options in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Customize` tab in the edit panel. Three :guilabel:`Layouts` are "
|
||||
"available:"
|
||||
"Click anywhere in the building block to further customize the appearance of "
|
||||
"the cookies bar using :guilabel:`Block`, :guilabel:`Column` and/or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Inline Text` customization options."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Discrete`: thin bar"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Classic`: banner"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Popup`: you can change the popup's :guilabel:`Position` to the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Middle`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` of the screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "You can also:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "modify the :guilabel:`Size` of the cookies bar;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"enable :guilabel:`Backdrop` to gray out the page in the background when the "
|
||||
"cookies bar is displayed on the screen;"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"further customize the appearance of the cookies bar using :guilabel:`Block` "
|
||||
"and/or :guilabel:`Column` customization options, which are available after "
|
||||
"clicking anywhere in the building block."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:56
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To edit the contents of the cookies bar (i.e., the consent message), click "
|
||||
"directly in the building block."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Odoo Website's edit panel to customize the cookies bar."
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Cookies policy"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "Cookie policy"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:67
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you enable the cookies bar for your website, Odoo creates the **Cookie "
|
||||
"Policy** page (`/cookie-policy`) with the list of essential and optional "
|
||||
"cookies. To access it, click the :guilabel:`Cookie Policy` hyperlink in the "
|
||||
"cookies bar or open the page from :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> "
|
||||
"Pages`."
|
||||
"Policy** page (`/cookie-policy`) containing a non-exhaustive list of "
|
||||
"cookies, with their purpose and examples. To access it, click the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cookie Policy` hyperlink in the cookies bar or open the page from"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:72
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The contents of the page can be adapted based on your website's features and"
|
||||
" characteristics if needed."
|
||||
"To adapt the content of the page according to your needs, click the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Edit` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You could add a link providing access to this page, in your website's "
|
||||
"footer, for example."
|
||||
"You could add a link to this page in your website's footer, for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`Pages <../pages>`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`Pages <../pages>`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Domain names"
|
||||
msgstr "أسماء النطاقات "
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-04-29 10:38+0000\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-06-21 15:46+0000\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-04 12:31+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
@@ -618,6 +618,490 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss`"
|
||||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`"
|
||||
msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Contacts"
|
||||
msgstr "Kontakte"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The *Contacts* application comes installed on all Odoo databases. Contacts "
|
||||
"are created for customers the company does business with through Odoo. A "
|
||||
"contact is a repository of vital business information, facilitating "
|
||||
"communication and business transactions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Contact form"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a new contact, navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts app`, and "
|
||||
"click :guilabel:`Create`. A new form appears where various contact "
|
||||
"information can be added."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Contact type"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Odoo allows for both :guilabel:`Individual` and :guilabel:`Company` "
|
||||
"contacts. Select either :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Company`, "
|
||||
"depending on the type of contact that is being added."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Name"
|
||||
msgstr "Name"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, fill in the name of the :guilabel:`Individual` or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Company`. This is how the name appears throughout the database. "
|
||||
"This field is **mandatory**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Individual` contacts can have a :guilabel:`Company` contact "
|
||||
"linked to it. After selecting :guilabel:`Individual`, a new "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Company Name...` field appears below the first name field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Address"
|
||||
msgstr "Adresse"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, enter the :guilabel:`Address` of the :guilabel:`Company` or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Individual`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the :guilabel:`Individual` option is chosen, then the *type of address* "
|
||||
"can be chosen from a drop-down menu. Options for this drop-down menu "
|
||||
"include: :guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Invoice Address`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Delivery Address`, :guilabel:`Other Address`, and "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Private Address`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Additional fields"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Additional details are included on the initial form. The following fields "
|
||||
"are available:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`VAT`: Value Added Tax number."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Citizen Identification`: citizen or government identification "
|
||||
"number (only available on :guilabel:`Individual`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Job Position`: list the job position of the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Individual` (only available on :guilabel:`Individual`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Phone`: list phone number (with country code). Make a call, send "
|
||||
"an SMS, or WhatsApp message by hovering over the field on the saved form, "
|
||||
"and clicking the desired option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Mobile`: list mobile phone number (with country code). Make a "
|
||||
"call, send an SMS, or WhatsApp message by hovering over the field on the "
|
||||
"saved form, and clicking on the desired option."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the email address with the domain."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Website`: enter the full website address, starting with `http` or"
|
||||
" `https`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Title`: select :guilabel:`Doctor`, :guilabel:`Madam`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Miss`, :guilabel:`Mister`, :guilabel:`Professor`, or create a new"
|
||||
" one directly from this field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Tags`: enter preconfigured tags by typing them in the field, or "
|
||||
"clicking the drop-down menu, and selecting one. To create a new one, type "
|
||||
"the new tag in the field, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the resulting "
|
||||
"drop-down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Contacts & Addresses tab"
|
||||
msgstr "Reiter „Kontakte & Adressen“"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the bottom of the contact form are several tabs. On the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, contacts can be added that are "
|
||||
"associated with a :guilabel:`Company` and related addresses. For example, a "
|
||||
"specific contact person for the company can be listed here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Multiple addresses can be added on both :guilabel:`Individual` and "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Company` contacts. To do so, click :guilabel:`Add` in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create "
|
||||
"Contact` pop-up form, in which additional addresses can be configured."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form."
|
||||
msgstr "Dem Kontaktformular einen Kontakt/Adresse hinzufügen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, start by clicking the default"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Other Address` field at the top to reveal a drop-down menu of "
|
||||
"address-related options."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:83
|
||||
msgid "Select any of the following options:"
|
||||
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen aus:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:85
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Contact`: adds another contact to the existing contact form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Kontakt`: fügt dem bestehenden Kontaktformular einen weiteren "
|
||||
"Kontakt hinzu."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Invoice Address`: adds a specific invoice address to the existing"
|
||||
" contact form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Rechnungsadresse`: fügt dem bestehenden Kontaktformular eine "
|
||||
"bestimmte Rechnungsadresse hinzu."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:87
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Delivery Address`: adds a specific delivery address to the "
|
||||
"existing contact form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Lieferadresse`: fügt dem bestehenden Kontaktformular eine "
|
||||
"bestimmte Lieferadresse hinzu."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Other Address`: adds an alternate address to the existing contact"
|
||||
" form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Andere Adresse`: fügt dem bestehenden Kontaktformular eine "
|
||||
"alternative Adresse hinzu."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:89
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Private Address`: adds a private address to the existing contact "
|
||||
"form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Privatadresse`: fügt dem bestehenden Kontaktformular eine "
|
||||
"Privatadresse hinzu."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Einen neuen Kontakt/eine neue Adresse auf dem Kontaktformular hinzufügen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once an option is selected, enter the corresponding contact information that"
|
||||
" should be used for the specified address type."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Add the :guilabel:`Contact Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`Email`, "
|
||||
"along with the :guilabel:`Phone` and/or :guilabel:`Mobile` numbers below."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:101
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Set the :guilabel:`Job Position`, which appears if the :guilabel:`Contact` "
|
||||
"address type has been selected. This is similar to the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Individual` contact."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a note, click on the text field next to :guilabel:`Notes`, and write "
|
||||
"anything that is applicable to the customer or contact."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:107
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the address, and close the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save "
|
||||
"the address, and immediately input another one."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:111
|
||||
msgid "Sales & Purchase tab"
|
||||
msgstr "Reiter „Verkauf & Einkauf“"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:113
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next, is the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchases` tab, which only appears when the "
|
||||
"*Sales*, *Purchase*, **or** *Point of Sale* applications are installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be set on the :guilabel:`Sales & "
|
||||
"Purchases` tab. Select a :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` from the drop-down "
|
||||
"menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:120
|
||||
msgid "Sales section"
|
||||
msgstr "Bereich „Verkauf“"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the :guilabel:`Sales` heading, a specific :guilabel:`Salesperson` can "
|
||||
"be assigned to a contact. To do that, click the :guilabel:`Salesperson` "
|
||||
"drop-down field, and select one. Create a new :guilabel:`Salesperson` by "
|
||||
"typing the user's name, and making the appropriate selection."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:126
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Certain :guilabel:`Payment Terms`, or a certain :guilabel:`Pricelist`, can "
|
||||
"also be set, if needed. Click the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Payment "
|
||||
"Terms`, and change it to one of the preselected :guilabel:`Payment Terms`, "
|
||||
"or :guilabel:`Create` a new one. Select the :guilabel:`Pricelist` drop-down "
|
||||
"menu to choose the appropriate :guilabel:`Pricelist`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:131
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Click into the :guilabel:`Delivery Method` field to select an option from "
|
||||
"the drop-down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:134
|
||||
msgid "Point Of Sale section"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:136
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the :guilabel:`Point Of Sale` heading, enter a :guilabel:`Barcode` "
|
||||
"that can be used to identify the contact. Use the :guilabel:`Loyalty Points`"
|
||||
" field to track points the user won as part of a *Loyalty Program*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:141
|
||||
msgid "Purchase section"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:143
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Specify :guilabel:`Payment Terms`, :guilabel:`1099 Box` information, and a "
|
||||
"preferred :guilabel:`Payment Method` here. A :guilabel:`Receipt Reminder` "
|
||||
"can be set here, as well."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:147
|
||||
msgid "Misc section"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:149
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the :guilabel:`Misc.` heading, use :guilabel:`Reference` field to add "
|
||||
"any additional information for this contact. If this contact should only be "
|
||||
"accessible for one company in a multi-company database, select it from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Company` field drop-down list. Use the :guilabel:`Website` drop-"
|
||||
"down menu to restrict the publishing of this contact to one website (if "
|
||||
"working on a database with multiple websites). Select one or more "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Website Tags` to assist in filtering published customers on the "
|
||||
"`/customers` website page. Select an :guilabel:`Industry` for this contact "
|
||||
"from the drop-down menu. Use the :guilabel:`SLA Policies` field to assign a "
|
||||
"*Helpdesk* SLA policy to this contact."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:159
|
||||
msgid "Accounting tab"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:161
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Accounting` tab appears when the *Accounting* application is "
|
||||
"installed. Here, a user can add any related :guilabel:`Bank Accounts`, or "
|
||||
"set default :guilabel:`Accounting entries`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:164
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` heading, use the :guilabel:`LEI` field "
|
||||
"to enter a Legal Entity Identifier, if necessary."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:168
|
||||
msgid "Internal Notes tab"
|
||||
msgstr "Reiter „Interne Notizen“"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:170
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Following the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab is the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` "
|
||||
"tab, where notes can be left on this contact form, just like on the contact "
|
||||
"form noted above."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:174
|
||||
msgid "Partner Assignment tab"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next is the :guilabel:`Partner Assignment` tab, which by default, includes a"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Geolocation` section, and other partner options, including "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Partner Activation` and :guilabel:`Partner Review` "
|
||||
"configurations. These are **only** present when the *Enterprise Resellers* "
|
||||
"module is installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:182
|
||||
msgid "Membership tab"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:184
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Finally, there is the :guilabel:`Membership` tab, which can help users "
|
||||
"manage any memberships that are being offered to this specific contact. It "
|
||||
"should be noted that this tab only appears when the *Members* applications "
|
||||
"is installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:189
|
||||
msgid "Smart buttons"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:191
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"At the top of the contact form, there are some additional options available,"
|
||||
" known as *smart buttons*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:194
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Here, Odoo displays a variety of records, related to this contact, that were"
|
||||
" created on other apps. Odoo integrates information from every single app, "
|
||||
"so there are many smart buttons."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:198
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For example, there is an :guilabel:`Opportunities` smart button, where all "
|
||||
"the opportunities related to this customer from the *CRM* app are "
|
||||
"accessible."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:202
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the corresponding applications are installed, their related smart buttons"
|
||||
" appear automatically on a contact form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:205
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A user can see any :guilabel:`Meetings`, :guilabel:`Sales`, :guilabel:`POS "
|
||||
"Orders`, :guilabel:`Subscriptions`, project :guilabel:`Tasks`, and the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`More` smart button reveals additional options, via a drop-down "
|
||||
"menu. A user can even quickly access :guilabel:`Purchases`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Helpdesk` tasks, :guilabel:`On-time Rate` for deliveries, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Invoiced` information, :guilabel:`Vendor Bills`, and the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Partner Ledger` connected to this contact."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:211
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Deliveries, documents, loyalty cards, and direct debits are *also* linked to"
|
||||
" smart buttons, like this, should there be any outstanding/on-file for this "
|
||||
"contact."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:214
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If the contact is a partner, the user can visit their partner page on the "
|
||||
"Odoo-built website by clicking the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:218
|
||||
msgid "Archive contacts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:220
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If a user decides they no longer want to have this contact active, the "
|
||||
"record can be archived. To do that, go to the :icon:`fa-cog` "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Action` menu at the top of the contact form, and click "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Archive`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:224
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, click :guilabel:`OK` from the resulting :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-"
|
||||
"up window."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:226
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With this contact successfully archived, as indicated by a banner at the "
|
||||
"top, they do not show up in the main contacts page, but they can still be "
|
||||
"searched for with the :guilabel:`Archived` filter."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:230
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A contact can be *unarchived*, if the user decides to work with them again. "
|
||||
"To do that, just click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Action` menu again at "
|
||||
"the top of the archived contact form, and click :guilabel:`Unarchive`. Upon "
|
||||
"doing so, the :guilabel:`Archived` banner is removed, and the contact is "
|
||||
"restored."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:236
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`Add different addresses in CRM "
|
||||
"<../sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses>`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:237
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`Odoo's eLearning Contacts tutorial "
|
||||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/contacts-2527?fullscreen=1>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Export and import data"
|
||||
msgstr "Daten exportieren und importieren"
|
||||
@@ -2200,6 +2684,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Contacts` section. Under the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, where "
|
||||
"it says :guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, click :guilabel:`View My Services`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Gehen Sie zunächst zur :menuselection:`Einstellungen-App` und geben Sie "
|
||||
"`IAP` in die Leiste :guilabel:`Suchen ...` ein. Alternativ können Sie auch "
|
||||
"zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Kontakte` scrollen. Unter dem Abschnitt "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Kontakte`, unter :guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, klicken Sie auf "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Meine Services ansehen`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst-1
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -2259,6 +2748,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. Under the :guilabel:`Contacts` section, where it "
|
||||
"says :guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, click :guilabel:`View My Services`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Gehen Sie zur :menuselection:`Einstellungen-App` und geben Sie `IAP` in die "
|
||||
"Leiste :guilabel:`Suchen ...` ein. Unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Kontakte`,"
|
||||
" unter :guilabel:`Odoo IAP`, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Meine Services "
|
||||
"ansehen`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/essentials/in_app_purchase.rst:180
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -9,8 +9,8 @@
|
||||
# Martin Trigaux, 2024
|
||||
# Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2024
|
||||
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2024
|
||||
# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024
|
||||
# Wil Odoo, 2024
|
||||
# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-30 07:20+0000\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||||
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Digest emails"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Übersichts-E-Mails"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -536,6 +536,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"organization that include high-level information about how the business is "
|
||||
"performing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"*Übersichts-E-Mails* sind regelmäßige Speicherauszüge, die per E-Mail an "
|
||||
"Benutzer in der Organisation gesendet werden und detaillierte Informationen "
|
||||
"darüber enthalten, wie Ihr Betrieb läuft."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -543,6 +546,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, activate the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Digest Emails` feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um mit dem Versand von Übersichts-E-Mails zu beginnen, navigieren Sie "
|
||||
"zunächst zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Bereich Statistik`, aktivieren"
|
||||
" die Funktion :guilabel:`Übersichts-E-Mails` und klicken auf "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Speichern`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings."
|
||||
@@ -551,30 +558,36 @@ msgstr "Abschnitt für Übersichts-E-Mails in den Allgemeinen Einstellungen."
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "A variety of settings can be configured for digest emails, such as:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Für Übersichts-E-Mails kann eine Vielzahl von Einstellungen konfiguriert "
|
||||
"werden, wie z. B:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Deciding which :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are shared in the "
|
||||
"digest emails"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Entscheidung darüber, welche :abbr:`KPIs (Key Performance Indicators)` in "
|
||||
"den Übersichts-E-Mails mitgeteilt werden"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Determining how often digest emails are sent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Festlegung, wie oft Übersichts-E-Mails gesendet werden"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Choosing who in the organization receives digest emails"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Auswahl, wer in der Organisation Übersichts-E-Mails erhält"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Creating custom digest email templates"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Erstellung benutzerdefinierter Übersichts-E-Mail-Vorlagen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Adding additional :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` (*Studio* app "
|
||||
"required)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Hinzufügung zusätzlicher :abbr:`KPIs (Key Performance Indicators)` "
|
||||
"(*Studio*-APp erforderlich)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -583,6 +596,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` measurements across the Odoo "
|
||||
"database, and is sent daily to administrators."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Standardmäßig ist die :guilabel:`Übersichts-E-Mail` aktiviert, und "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Ihre periodische Übersicht von Odoo` dient als primäre Vorlage, "
|
||||
"die alle :guilabel:`KPI (key performance indicator)`-Messungen in der Odoo-"
|
||||
"Datenbank enthält und täglich an Administratoren gesendet wird."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -590,6 +607,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"testing-mode), the digest emails continue to send from the duplicate "
|
||||
"database, unless deactivated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Wenn Sie Duplikate von Datenbanken erstellen, die über Sendefunktionen "
|
||||
"verfügen (nicht im Testmodus), werden die Übersichts-E-Mails weiterhin von "
|
||||
"der duplizierten Datenbank versendet, es sei denn, Sie deaktivieren sie."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -598,10 +618,15 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" by un-ticking the checkbox, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. See the section "
|
||||
"on :ref:`digest-emails/deactivate`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um die Übersichts-E-Mails zu deaktivieren, gehen Sie zu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Bereich Statistik`. Deaktivieren Sie dann "
|
||||
"die Funktion :guilabel:`Übersichts-E-mails`, indem Sie das Kontrollkästchen "
|
||||
"deaktivieren und auf :guilabel:`Speichern` klicken. Siehe den Abschnitt "
|
||||
":ref:`digest-emails/deactivate`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Customize default digest email"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Standard-Übersichts-E-Mails anpassen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -610,17 +635,24 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" Then, select :guilabel:`Your Odoo Periodic Digest`, and click on the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`↗️ (External link)` icon, next to the drop-down menu selection."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um die Standard-Übersichts-E-Mail (*Ihre periodische Übersicht von Odoo*) "
|
||||
"anzupassen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Statistik --> "
|
||||
"Übersichts-E-Mail`, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Ihre periodische Übersicht von "
|
||||
"Odoo` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`↗️ (Externer Link)` neben der Dropdown-"
|
||||
"Auswahl."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A pop-up window appears, and presents a variety of editable settings, which "
|
||||
"include:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Ein Pop-up-Fenster erscheint und zeigt eine Reihe bearbeitbarer "
|
||||
"Einstellungen an, wie zum Beispiel:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:179
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Digest Name`: the name of the digest email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Übersichtstitel`: der Name der Übersichts-E-Mail."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:48
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:180
|
||||
@@ -629,6 +661,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"(:guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Quarterly`)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Periodizität`: legen Sie fest, wie oft Übersichts-E-Mails "
|
||||
"gesendet werden (:guilabel:`Täglich`, :guilabel:`Wöchentlich`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Monatlich` oder :guilabel:`Vierteljährlich`)."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:50
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:182
|
||||
@@ -636,6 +671,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Next Send Date`: the date on which the digest email will be sent "
|
||||
"again."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Nächstes Mailingdatum`: das Datum, an dem die Übersichts-E-Mail "
|
||||
"erneut gesendet wird."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:183
|
||||
@@ -645,6 +682,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"indicates an active :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)` in the digest "
|
||||
"email. See the section on :ref:`digest-emails/kpis`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Reiter :guilabel:`KPIs`: Aktivieren/deaktivieren Sie jeden berechneten "
|
||||
":abbr:`KPI (Key Performance Indicator)`, der in Übersichts-E-Mails "
|
||||
"erscheint. Ein angekreuztes Kästchen bedeutet, dass ein :abbr:`KPI (Key "
|
||||
"Performance Indicator)` in der Übersichts-E-Mail aktiv ist. Siehe den "
|
||||
"Abschnitt über :ref:`digest-emails/kpis`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:54
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:186
|
||||
@@ -652,6 +694,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Recipients` tab: add/remove users who receive the digest emails. "
|
||||
"See the section on :ref:`digest-emails/recipients`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Reiter :guilabel:`Empfänger`: Fügen Sie Benutzer, die Übersichts-E-Mails "
|
||||
"erhalten sollten, hinzu oder entfernen Sie sie. Siehe den Abschnitt "
|
||||
":ref:`digest-emails/recipients`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -660,6 +705,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"*Studio* need to be installed. See this section on :ref:`digest-"
|
||||
"emails/custom-kpi`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Die :abbr:`KPIs (Key Performance Indicators)` können mit Odoo *Studio* "
|
||||
"angepasst werden. Wenn *Studio* installiert werden muss, fallen zusätzliche "
|
||||
"Kosten für das Datenbankabonnement an. Siehe diesen Abschnitt über "
|
||||
":ref:`digest-emails/custom-kpi`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Customize default Digest Email settings and custom KPIs."
|
||||
@@ -669,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "Deactivate digest email"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Übersichts-E-Mail deaktivieren"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -678,6 +727,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the desired digest email "
|
||||
"from the list that should be deactivated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um eine einzelne Übersichts-E-Mail manuell zu deaktivieren, navigieren Sie "
|
||||
"zunächst zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Bereich Statistik`, und "
|
||||
"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Übersichts-E-Mails konfigurieren`. Wählen Sie "
|
||||
"dann die gewünschte Übersichts-E-Mail aus der Liste aus, die deaktiviert "
|
||||
"werden soll."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -686,10 +740,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"user from the mailing list. These buttons are located in the top menu, just "
|
||||
"above the :guilabel:`Digest Name`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`DEAKTIVIEREN FÜR ALLE`, um die Übersichts-E-"
|
||||
"Mail für alle zu deaktivieren, oder auf :guilabel:`MICH ABMELDEN`, um den "
|
||||
"angemeldeten Benutzer aus der Mailingliste zu entfernen. Diese Schaltflächen"
|
||||
" befinden sich im oberen Menü, direkt über dem :guilabel:`Übersichtstitel`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "Manually send digest email"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Übersichts-E-Mail manuell senden"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -698,6 +756,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, select the desired digest email, and click :guilabel:`SEND NOW`. This "
|
||||
"button is located in the top menu, just above the :guilabel:`Digest Name`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um eine Übersichts-E-Mail manuell zu senden, navigieren Sie zunächst zu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Bereich Statistik`, und klicken Sie auf "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Übersichts-E-Mails konfigurieren`. Wählen Sie dann die gewünschte"
|
||||
" Übersichts-E-Mail aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`JETZT "
|
||||
"SENDEN`. Diese Schaltfläche befindet sich im oberen Menü, direkt über dem "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Übersichtstitel`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:90
|
||||
msgid "KPIs"
|
||||
@@ -709,17 +773,25 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" digest email from the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab of the digest email template "
|
||||
"form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Vorkonfigurierte :abbr:`KPIs (Key Performance Indicators)` können der "
|
||||
"Übersichts-E-Mail über den Reiter :guilabel:`KPIs` des Formulars für die "
|
||||
"Übersichts-E-Mail-Vorlage hinzugefügt werden."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`, and"
|
||||
" click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Navigieren Sie zunächst zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Bereich "
|
||||
"Statistik`, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Übersichts-E-Mails "
|
||||
"konfigurieren`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Then, select the desired digest email, and open the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Wählen Sie dann die gewünschte Übersichts-E-Mail und öffnen Sie den Reiter "
|
||||
":guilabel:`KPIs`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -728,76 +800,83 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"After all :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are added (or "
|
||||
"deselected), click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um einen :abbr:`KPI (Leistungskennzahlen)` zur Übersichts-E-Mail "
|
||||
"hinzuzufügen, markieren Sie das Kästchen neben der gewünschten :abbr:`KPI "
|
||||
"(Key Performance Indicator)`. Nachdem alle :abbr:`KPIs "
|
||||
"(Leistungskennzahlen)` hinzugefügt (oder abgewählt) wurden, klicken Sie auf "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Speichern`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:104
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The following :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` are available in the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`KPIs` tab on a digest email template form out-of-box in Odoo:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Die folgenden :abbr:`KPIs (Leistungskennzahlen)` sind in Odoo im Reiter "
|
||||
":guilabel:`KPIs` im Formular einer Übersichts-E-Mail-Vorlage verfügbar:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "KPIs listed in the out-of-box digest email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "KPIs, die in der einsatzbereiten Übersichts-E-Mail aufgeführt sind."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:113
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`General`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Allgemein`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Connected Users`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Verbundene Benutzer`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:113
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Messages`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nachrichten`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Project`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Projekt`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Open Tasks`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Offene Aufgaben`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:119
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Recruitment`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Personalbeschaffung`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:119
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Employees`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Mitarbeiter`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`CRM`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`CRM`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`New Leads/Opportunities`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Neue Leads/Verkaufschancen`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:123
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Opportunities Won`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Gewonnene Verkaufschancen`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:127
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Sales`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Verkäufe`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:126
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`All Sales`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Alle Verkäufe`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:127
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`eCommerce Sales`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`E-Commerce-Verkäufe`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Point of Sale`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Kassensystem`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`POS Sales`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Kassenverkäufe`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:135
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Live Chat`"
|
||||
@@ -805,35 +884,35 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Livechat`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`% of Happiness`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`% Zufriedenheit`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:134
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Conversations handled`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Verwaltete Unterhaltungen`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:135
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Time to answer (sec)`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Zeit zum Antworten (Sek.)`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:138
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Helpdesk`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Kundendienst`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:138
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Tickets Closed`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Geschlossene Tickets`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:142
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Rechnungsstellung`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:141
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Revenue`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Umsatz`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:142
|
||||
msgid ":guilabel:`Banks and Cash Moves`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Bank- und Bargeldtransaktionen`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:147
|
||||
msgid "Recipients"
|
||||
@@ -844,6 +923,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Digest email recipients are added from the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab of the"
|
||||
" digest email template form."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Die Empfänger von Übersichts-E-Mails werden im Reiter :guilabel:`Empfänger` "
|
||||
"des Formulars für die Übersichts-E-Mail-Vorlage hinzugefügt."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:152
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -851,6 +932,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, select the "
|
||||
"desired digest email, and open the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um einen Empfänger hinzuzufügen, navigieren Sie zunächst zu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Bereich Statistik`, und klicken Sie auf "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Übersichts-E-Mails konfigurieren`. Wählen Sie dann die gewünschte"
|
||||
" Übersichts-E-Mail aus und öffnen Sie den Reiter :guilabel:`Empfänger`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:156
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -858,26 +943,37 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Recipients` pop-up window appears, with all available users to add as "
|
||||
"recipients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um einen Empfänger hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile "
|
||||
"hinzufügen`. Daraufhin erscheint ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Empfänger "
|
||||
"hinzufügen` mit allen verfügbaren Benutzern, die Sie als Empfänger "
|
||||
"hinzufügen können."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:159
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the pop-up window, tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Name` of "
|
||||
"the user(s), and click the :guilabel:`Select` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Aktivieren Sie im Pop-up-Fenster das Kontrollkästchen neben dem "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Name` des/der Benutzer(s) und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Auswählen`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:162
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To remove a user as a recipient, click the :guilabel:`❌ (remove)` icon to "
|
||||
"the far-right of the user listed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um einen Benutzer als Empfänger zu entfernen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol "
|
||||
":guilabel:`❌ (entfernen)` ganz rechts neben dem Benutzer im Reiter "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Empfänger`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:165
|
||||
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:170
|
||||
msgid "Create digest emails"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Übersichts-E-Mails erstellen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:172
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -885,12 +981,19 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Statistics section`, and click :guilabel:`Configure Digest Emails`. Then, "
|
||||
"click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new digest email."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um eine neue Übersichts-E-Mail zu erstellen, navigieren Sie zu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Abschnitt Statistik` und klicken Sie auf "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Übersichts-E-Mails konfigurieren`. Klicken Sie dann auf "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Neu`, um eine neue Übersichts-E-Mail zu erstellen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:176
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A separate page, with a blank digest email template appears, and presents a "
|
||||
"variety of editable settings, including:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Es wird eine separate Seite mit einer leeren Übersichts-E-Mail-Vorlage "
|
||||
"angezeigt, auf der Sie eine Reihe von Einstellungen vornehmen können, "
|
||||
"darunter auch die folgenden:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:189
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -898,6 +1001,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Periodicity`, choose the desired :abbr:`KPIs (key performance "
|
||||
"indicators)`, and add :guilabel:`Recipients`, as needed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Geben Sie der Übersichts-E-Mail einen :guilabel:`Übersichtstitel`, legen Sie"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Periodizität` fest, wählen Sie die gewünschten :abbr:`KPIs "
|
||||
"(Leistungskennzahlen)` und fügen Sie bei Bedarf :guilabel:`Empfänger` hinzu."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:193
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -905,52 +1011,71 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" a selection in the :guilabel:`Digest Email` field, located in the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings app --> Statistics section`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Nachdem Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern` geklickt haben, steht Ihnen die neue "
|
||||
"benutzerdefinierte Übersichts-E-Mail als Auswahl im Feld "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Übersichts-E-Mail` zur Verfügung, das sich in der "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Bereich Statistik` befindet."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:199
|
||||
msgid "Custom KPIs with Odoo Studio"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte KPIs mit Osoo Studio"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:201
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` on a digest email template "
|
||||
"form, in the :guilabel:`KPIs` tab, can be customized using Odoo *Studio*."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Die :abbr:`KPIs (Leistungskennzahlen)` auf einem Formular für eine "
|
||||
"Übersichts-E-Mail-Vorlage, im Reiter :guilabel:`KPIs`, können mit Odoo "
|
||||
"*Studio* angepasst werden."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:205
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Additional costs to the database subscription are incurred, should Odoo "
|
||||
"*Studio* need to be installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Es fallen zusätzliche Kosten für das Datenbankabonnement an, wenn Odoo "
|
||||
"*Studio* installiert werden muss."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:208
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To begin, click the :guilabel:`🛠️ (tools)` icon in the top-right of the "
|
||||
"screen. This is the link to the Odoo *Studio* application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um zu beginnen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`🛠️ (Tools)` oben "
|
||||
"rechts auf dem Bildschirm. Dies ist der Link zu Odoo *Studio*."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:211
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to create additional fields, create two fields on the digest "
|
||||
"object:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um zusätzliche Felder zu erstellen, müssen Sie zwei Felder für das "
|
||||
"Übersichtsobjekt anlegen:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:213
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a boolean field called `kpi_myfield`, and display it in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`KPIs` tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Erstellen Sie ein boolesches Feld mit dem Namen `kpi_myfield` und zeigen Sie"
|
||||
" es im Reiter :guilabel:`KPIs` an"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:214
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Create a computed field called `kpi_myfield_value` that computes the "
|
||||
"customized :abbr:`KPI (key performance indicator)`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Erstellen Sie ein berechnetes Feld mit dem Namen `kpi_myfield_value`, das "
|
||||
"die benutzerdefinierte :abbr:`KPI (Leistungskennzahl)` berechnet"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:216
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select the :abbr:`KPIs (key performance indicators)` in the :guilabel:`KPIs`"
|
||||
" tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Wählen Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`KPIs (Leistungskennzahlen)` die "
|
||||
":abbr:`KPIs`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:219
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -959,6 +1084,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"for the `digest.py` file, which guides the programmer in the coding of the "
|
||||
"computed field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Hier ist der `Quellcode "
|
||||
"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/15.0/addons/digest/models/digest.py>`_ "
|
||||
"für die Datei `digest.py`, die den Programmierer zur Codierung des "
|
||||
"berechneten Felds führt."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:224
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -966,6 +1095,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"three-dot :guilabel:`(kebab)` menu to edit this view. Either click "
|
||||
":guilabel:`EDIT LIST VIEW` or :guilabel:`EDIT FORM VIEW` to modify this tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Sie können auch im Reiter :guilabel:`Empfänger` und dann auf das vertikale "
|
||||
"Drei-Punkte-Menü :guilabel:`(Kebab)` klicken, um diese Ansicht zu "
|
||||
"bearbeiten. Klicken Sie entweder auf :guilabel:`LISTENANSICHT BEARBEITEN` "
|
||||
"oder auf :guilabel:`FORMULARANSICHT BEARBEITEN`, um diesen Reiter zu ändern."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/companies/digest_emails.rst:229
|
||||
msgid "Computed values reference table"
|
||||
@@ -1806,13 +1939,16 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Developer mode (debug mode)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Entwicklermodus (Fehlerbeseitigungsmodus)"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The developer mode, also known as debug mode, unlocks access to advanced "
|
||||
":ref:`tools and settings <developer-mode/tools>` in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Der Entwicklermodus, auch bekannt als Fehlerbeseitungsmodus, schaltet den "
|
||||
"Zugriff auf die erweiterten :ref:`Tools und Einstellungen <developer-"
|
||||
"mode/tools>` in Odoo frei."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -1820,6 +1956,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"considered advanced and may have associated risks. Only use them if you "
|
||||
"understand the implications and are confident in your actions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Seien Sie vorsichtig, denn einige Entwickler-Tools und technische "
|
||||
"Einstellungen gelten als fortgeschritten und können mit Risiken verbunden "
|
||||
"sein. Verwenden Sie sie nur, wenn Sie die Auswirkungen verstehen und sicher "
|
||||
"sind, dass Sie richtig handeln."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -1828,6 +1968,11 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"code, and with :ref:`tests assets <frontend/framework/tests_debug_mode>`, "
|
||||
"which are used to run test tours."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Der Entwicklermodus ist auch mit :ref:`Assets "
|
||||
"<frontend/framework/assets_debug_mode>` verfügbar, die zur Fehlerbeseitung "
|
||||
"von JavaScript-Code verwendet werden, und mit :ref:`Test-Assets "
|
||||
"<frontend/framework/tests_debug_mode>`, die zum Ausführen von Testführungen "
|
||||
"verwendet werden."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Activation"
|
||||
@@ -1839,6 +1984,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and click :guilabel:`Activate the "
|
||||
"developer mode`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um ihn zu aktivieren, öffnen Sie die :guilabel:`Einstellungen`, scrollen Sie"
|
||||
" nach unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Entwicklertools` und klicken Sie auf "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Entwicklermodus aktivieren`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -1850,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Activating the developer mode in the Settings app"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Aktivierung des Entwicklermodus in den Einstellungen"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -1859,22 +2007,31 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). To deactivate "
|
||||
"it, use `?debug=0` instead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um den Entwicklermodus **von einer beliebigen Stelle in der Datenbank** aus "
|
||||
"zu aktivieren, fügen Sie `?debug=1` an die URL nach `/web` an (z. B. "
|
||||
"`https://example.odoo.com/web?debug=1#action=menu&cids=1`). Um ihn zu "
|
||||
"deaktivieren, verwenden Sie stattdessen `?debug=0`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Use `?debug=assets` to activate the developer mode with assets and "
|
||||
"`?debug=tests` to activate it with tests assets."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Verwenden Sie `?debug=assets`, um den Entwicklermodus mit Assets zu "
|
||||
"aktivieren und `?debug=tests`, um ihn mit Test-Assets zu aktivieren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Open the **command palette** by pressing `Ctrl + K` or `Cmd ⌘ + K`, then "
|
||||
"type `debug` to activate the developer mode with assets or deactivate it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Öffnen Sie die **Befehlspalette**, indem Sie `Strg + K` oder `Cmd ⌘ + K` "
|
||||
"drücken. Geben Sie dann `debug` ein, um den Entwicklermodus mit Assets zu "
|
||||
"aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Browser extension"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Browser-Erweiterung"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -1885,10 +2042,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"debug/hmdmhilocobgohohpdpolmibjklfgkbi>`_ and `Firefox Add-ons "
|
||||
"<https://addons.mozilla.org/firefox/addon/odoo-debug/>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Die Browser-Erweiterung `Odoo Fehlerbeseitung "
|
||||
"<https://github.com/Droggol/OdooDebug>`_ fügt ein Symbol hinzu, mit dem Sie "
|
||||
"den Entwicklermodus in der Symbolleiste des Browsers ein- oder ausschalten "
|
||||
"können. Sie ist im `Chrome Web Store "
|
||||
"<https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/odoo-"
|
||||
"debug/hmdmhilocobgohohpdpolmibjklfgkbi>`_ und `Firefox Add-ons "
|
||||
"<https://addons.mozilla.org/firefox/addon/odoo-debug/>`_ erhältlich."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Developer tools and technical menu"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Entwicklertools und technisches Menü"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -1898,10 +2062,16 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" filters, or actions. The options available depend on where the menu is "
|
||||
"accessed from."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Sobald der Entwicklermodus aktiviert ist, können Sie auf die Entwicklertools"
|
||||
" zugreifen, indem Sie auf das Symbol :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` "
|
||||
"klicken. Das Menü enthält Tools, die für das Verständnis oder die "
|
||||
"Bearbeitung technischer Daten nützlich sind, wie z. B. das Feld einer "
|
||||
"Ansicht, Filter oder Aktionen. Die verfügbaren Optionen hängen davon ab, von"
|
||||
" wo aus das Menü aufgerufen wird."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Accessing the developer tools"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Zugriff auf die Entwicklertools"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -1909,10 +2079,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Settings` app. It contains advanced database settings, such as "
|
||||
"ones related to the database structure, security, actions, etc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Datenbankadministratoren können das technische Menü über die "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Einstellungen` aufrufen. Es enthält erweiterte "
|
||||
"Datenbankeinstellungen, z. B. für die Datenbankstruktur, Sicherheit, "
|
||||
"Aktionen usw."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Accessing the technical menu"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Zugriff auf das technische Menü"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Email communication"
|
||||
@@ -5755,6 +5929,8 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating the "
|
||||
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Auf die :guilabel:`Systemparameter` können Sie zugreifen, indem Sie den "
|
||||
":ref:`Entwicklermodus <developer-mode>` aktivieren."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/mailjet_api.rst:216
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -5776,10 +5952,12 @@ msgstr "Geolokalisierung"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can locate contacts or places and generate routes on a map in Odoo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Sie können in Odoo Kontakte oder Orte lokalisieren und Routen auf einer "
|
||||
"Karte erstellen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Map displaying a contact's location."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Karte mit dem Standort eines Kontakts."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -5787,6 +5965,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Integrations`, section, activate :guilabel:`Geo Localization`. "
|
||||
"Then, choose between using the OpenStreetMap or Google Places API."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um die Funktion zu nutzen, öffnen Sie die :guilabel:`Einstellungen` und "
|
||||
"aktivieren Sie unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Integrationen` die Option "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Geolokalisierung`. Wählen Sie dann zwischen der Verwendung der "
|
||||
"API von OpenStreetMap oder Google Places."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "**OpenStreetMap**"
|
||||
@@ -5797,6 +5979,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"OpenStreetMap is a free, open geographic database updated and maintained by "
|
||||
"volunteers. To use it, select :guilabel:`Open Street Map`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"OpenStreetMap ist eine kostenlose, offene geografische Datenbank, die von "
|
||||
"Freiwilligen aktualisiert und gepflegt wird. Um sie zu nutzen, wählen Sie "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Open Street Map`."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -5804,10 +5989,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"community <https://www.openstreetmap.org/fixthemap>`_ to fix any issues "
|
||||
"encountered."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"OpenStreetMap ist möglicherweise nicht immer genau. Sie können der "
|
||||
"`OpenStreetMap-Community <https://www.openstreetmap.org/fixthemap>`_ "
|
||||
"beitreten, um aufgetretene Probleme zu beheben."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "**Google Places API map**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "**Karte der Google Places API**"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
@@ -5815,27 +6003,35 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"points of interest. It supports location-based features like search, "
|
||||
"navigation, and recommendations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Die Google-Places-API-Karte bietet detaillierte Informationen zu Orten, "
|
||||
"Unternehmen und Interessen. Sie unterstützt ortsbezogene Funktionen wie "
|
||||
"Suche, Navigation und Empfehlungen."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using the Google Places API could require `payment to Google "
|
||||
"<https://mapsplatform.google.com/pricing/>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Die Verwendung der Google Places API könnte eine `Zahlung an Google "
|
||||
"<https://mapsplatform.google.com/pricing/>`_ erfordern."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use it, select :guilabel:`Google Place Map` and enter your :ref:`API Key "
|
||||
"<address_autocomplete/generate_api_key>`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Um es zu verwenden, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Google Place Map` und geben Sie "
|
||||
"Ihren :ref:`API-Schlüssel <address_autocomplete/generate_api_key>` ein."
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst-1
|
||||
msgid "Google Places API key"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "API-Schlüssel von Google Places"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/geolocation.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
":doc:`/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete`"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/mail_plugins.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Mail Plugins"
|
||||
@@ -11483,7 +11679,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "To resolve the issue, either:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
msgstr "Zur Lösung des Problems:"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:111
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
|
||||